AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models

Prévia do material em texto

<p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop</p><p>Gear Models</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>2</p><p>AmpliTube 5 is available in different versions.</p><p>The difference between the different versions is in the number of</p><p>gear models included and in the features available.</p><p>While consulting this manual, please refer to the specific gear models</p><p>and features available in the AmpliTube 5 version you are using.</p><p>AmpliTube Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Contents 3</p><p>Table of Contents</p><p>Contents 3</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 14</p><p>AmpliTube Delay 14</p><p>Delay 14</p><p>EchoMan 15</p><p>TapDelay 16</p><p>AmpliTube Distortion 18</p><p>AmpLess 18</p><p>BigPig 20</p><p>Crusher 21</p><p>Diode Overdrive 22</p><p>Distortion 23</p><p>Feedback 24</p><p>Metal Distortion 25</p><p>Metal Distortion 2 26</p><p>Overdrive 27</p><p>OverScream 28</p><p>PROdrive 29</p><p>The Ambass’dor 30</p><p>VariDiode+ 31</p><p>AmpliTube Dynamics 32</p><p>Compressor 32</p><p>Dcomp 33</p><p>Noise Gate 34</p><p>AmpliTube EQ 35</p><p>7 Band Graphic 35</p><p>10 Band Graphic 36</p><p>AmpliTube Filter 37</p><p>Envelope Filter 37</p><p>LFO Filter 38</p><p>Rezo 39</p><p>Step Filter 41</p><p>Wah 43</p><p>Wah 10 44</p><p>Wah 47 45</p><p>Nu-Tron III 46</p><p>AmpliTube Modulation 47</p><p>Analog Flanger 47</p><p>Chorus 48</p><p>Chorus-1 49</p><p>Electric Flanger 50</p><p>AmpliTube Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Contents 4</p><p>Flanger 51</p><p>Metal Flanger 52</p><p>Phaze Nine 53</p><p>Phazer 10 54</p><p>Small Phazer 55</p><p>AmpliTube Pitch 56</p><p>Harmonator 56</p><p>Octav 57</p><p>Pitch Shifter 58</p><p>Wharmonator 59</p><p>AmpliTube Other 60</p><p>Acoustic Sim 60</p><p>Step Slicer 61</p><p>Swell 62</p><p>Volume 63</p><p>AmpliTube SVX 64</p><p>SVX-OD 64</p><p>SVX-OCT 65</p><p>Analog Chorus 66</p><p>Analog Delay 67</p><p>Bass Wah 68</p><p>SVX Compressor 69</p><p>SVX Envelope Filter 70</p><p>SVX Volume 71</p><p>Brian May 72</p><p>Red Special 72</p><p>Treble Booster 74</p><p>May Wah 75</p><p>FOX Phaser 76</p><p>Star Gate 77</p><p>Dimebag Darrell CFH Collection 78</p><p>6 Band EQ 78</p><p>Pre EQ 3 79</p><p>Dime Noise Gate 80</p><p>Dime Wah 81</p><p>Flanger Doubler 82</p><p>Fender® 83</p><p>Fender® Blender™ 83</p><p>Fender® Volume 84</p><p>Fender® Wah 85</p><p>Fender® Fuzz Wah 86</p><p>Fender® Phaser 87</p><p>AmpliTube Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Contents 5</p><p>Fender® Tremolo 88</p><p>Fender® ’63 Reverb 89</p><p>Fender® Tape Echo 90</p><p>Fender® Compressor 91</p><p>Fulltone® 92</p><p>OCD 92</p><p>Jimi Hendrix 93</p><p>Class Fuzz 93</p><p>EP Tape Echo 94</p><p>Fuzz Age 95</p><p>Fuzz Age 2 96</p><p>FuzzOne 97</p><p>Octa-V 98</p><p>Opto Tremolo 99</p><p>RightFuzz 100</p><p>Uni-V 101</p><p>Wah 46 102</p><p>XS Fuzz 103</p><p>Joe Satriani 104</p><p>Satch Wah 104</p><p>Satch Distortion 105</p><p>Satch Overdrive 106</p><p>Tube Overdrive 107</p><p>Satch Octave 108</p><p>Morley® 109</p><p>Contour Wah 109</p><p>Seymour Duncan® 111</p><p>Power Grid 111</p><p>Shape Shifter 112</p><p>Slash 113</p><p>/Delay 113</p><p>Booster 114</p><p>Gate 115</p><p>OctoBlue 116</p><p>X-Chorus 117</p><p>WahDist 118</p><p>T-Rex® 119</p><p>Møller 119</p><p>Mudhoney 120</p><p>Replica 121</p><p>Wampler Pedals® 122</p><p>Nirvana 122</p><p>Pinnacle Deluxe 123</p><p>AmpliTube Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Contents 6</p><p>Z.Vex® 124</p><p>Seek Trem 124</p><p>Seek Wah 125</p><p>Amplifiers 126</p><p>AmpliTube Clean 126</p><p>American Clean MKIII 126</p><p>American Tube Clean 1 128</p><p>American Tube Clean 2 129</p><p>Custom Solid State Clean 130</p><p>Jazz Amp 120 131</p><p>Metal Clean T 133</p><p>AmpliTube Crunch 134</p><p>American Tube Vintage 134</p><p>Brit Valve Pre 135</p><p>British Blue Tube 30TB 136</p><p>British Copper 30TB 137</p><p>HiAmp 138</p><p>Tube Vintage Combo 139</p><p>AmpliTube Lead 140</p><p>American Lead MKIII 140</p><p>Brit 8000 142</p><p>Brit 9000 143</p><p>Brit Silver 144</p><p>British Tube Lead 1 145</p><p>British Tube Lead 2 146</p><p>Custom Modern Hi-Gain 147</p><p>Custom Solid State Fuzz 148</p><p>Custom Solid State Lead 149</p><p>German 34 150</p><p>MiniPlex 20 151</p><p>Metal Lead T 152</p><p>Metal Lead V 153</p><p>Metal Lead W 154</p><p>Modern Tube Lead 155</p><p>Red Pig 156</p><p>SilverPlate 50 157</p><p>VHandcraft 4 158</p><p>Vintage Metal Lead 160</p><p>AmpliTube Bass 161</p><p>360Bass Preamp 161</p><p>Green BA250 163</p><p>New York B750 164</p><p>Solid State Bass Preamp 165</p><p>AmpliTube Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Contents 7</p><p>AmpliTube SVX 166</p><p>SVX-500 166</p><p>SVX-15R 168</p><p>SVX-CL 169</p><p>SVX-PRO 171</p><p>SVX-VR 173</p><p>SVX-4B 175</p><p>SVX-15N 177</p><p>Brian May 179</p><p>BM 30 179</p><p>BM DK 180</p><p>Carvin® 181</p><p>V3M 181</p><p>Dimebag Darrell CFH Collection 183</p><p>Darrell 100 183</p><p>Jazz Amp 120 CFH 184</p><p>Dr. Z Amplification® 185</p><p>MAZ 18 Jr. 185</p><p>Z Wreck 186</p><p>Engl® 187</p><p>E650 187</p><p>Powerball 189</p><p>Fender® 191</p><p>’57 Deluxe 191</p><p>Pro Junior 192</p><p>’64 Vibroverb Custom 193</p><p>’65 Deluxe Reverb 194</p><p>’65 Twin Reverb 195</p><p>Super-Sonic 196</p><p>Vibro-King 197</p><p>’59 Bassman 198</p><p>Bassman 300 199</p><p>Champion 600 201</p><p>MH-500 Metalhead 202</p><p>TBP-1 203</p><p>’65 Princeton 205</p><p>’57 Champ 206</p><p>’57 Custom Champ 207</p><p>’57 Custom Deluxe 208</p><p>’57 Custom Twin-Amp 209</p><p>’57 Custom Pro-Amp 210</p><p>’57 Bandmaster 211</p><p>’65 Super Reverb 212</p><p>’53 Bassman 213</p><p>AmpliTube Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Contents 8</p><p>Gallien-Krueger® 215</p><p>MB 150 S 215</p><p>Jet City Amplification 333® 216</p><p>JCA20H 216</p><p>JCA100H 217</p><p>Jimi Hendrix 218</p><p>American Vintage B 218</p><p>American Vintage D 219</p><p>American Vintage T 220</p><p>British Lead S100 221</p><p>JH 1200 222</p><p>JH Gold 223</p><p>SilverTwelve 224</p><p>Joe Satriani 225</p><p>Satch VM 225</p><p>SJ50 227</p><p>Boston 100 228</p><p>Leslie® 229</p><p>122 229</p><p>122A 230</p><p>147 231</p><p>3300w 232</p><p>G37 / Studio12 233</p><p>Marshall® - Slash 234</p><p>AFD 100 234</p><p>JCM Slash 235</p><p>MESA/Boogie® 236</p><p>Mark III 236</p><p>Mark IV 238</p><p>Dual Rectifier 241</p><p>Triple Rectifier 243</p><p>Transatlantic TA-30 245</p><p>Orange® 247</p><p>OR-120 247</p><p>Tiny Terror 248</p><p>Rockerverb 50 249</p><p>AD 30 250</p><p>Thunderverb 200 251</p><p>AD 200 253</p><p>Dual Terror 254</p><p>OR 50 255</p><p>Soldano® 256</p><p>SLO-100 256</p><p>AmpliTube Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Contents 9</p><p>THD® 258</p><p>THD Bi-Valve 258</p><p>Cabinets 259</p><p>AmpliTube Guitar 10" 259</p><p>4x10 Open Vintage 259</p><p>AmpliTube Guitar 1x12" 260</p><p>1x12 Combo 260</p><p>1x12 MB II 261</p><p>1x12 MB III 262</p><p>1x12 Open Modern 263</p><p>1x12 Open Vintage 264</p><p>AmpliTube Guitar 2x12" 265</p><p>2x12 Closed Vintage 265</p><p>2x12 Gry British Vint 266</p><p>2x12 JP Jazz 267</p><p>2x12 Open Vintage 268</p><p>AmpliTube Guitar 4x10” 269</p><p>4x10 NY410 269</p><p>AmpliTube Guitar 4x12” 270</p><p>4x12 Brit 30 270</p><p>4x12 Brit 8000 271</p><p>4x12 Brit 9000 272</p><p>4x12 Brit Silver 273</p><p>4x12 Closed Modern 274</p><p>4x12 Closed Vintage 275</p><p>4x12 HiAmp 276</p><p>4x12 Metal F 277</p><p>4x12 Metal T 278</p><p>4x12 Metal V 279</p><p>4x12 Modern M 280</p><p>4x12 Red Pig 281</p><p>4x12 Vintage M 282</p><p>AmpliTube Bass 283</p><p>4x10+tw Bass 283</p><p>4x10+tw TE Bass 284</p><p>1x15 Bass Vintage 285</p><p>1x18 Horn Bass 286</p><p>Custom IR 287</p><p>AmpliTube SVX 288</p><p>1x15 SVX-15R 288</p><p>2x10 SVX-500 289</p><p>AmpliTube Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Contents 10</p><p>2x12 SVX-212 290</p><p>4x10 SVX-410B 291</p><p>4x10 SVX-410S 292</p><p>8x10 SVX-810E 293</p><p>1x15 SVX-115 294</p><p>2x12 SVX-212 AV 295</p><p>8x10 SVX-810A 296</p><p>Brian May 297</p><p>1x6 BM DK 297</p><p>2x12 BM 30 Blue 298</p><p>2x12 BM 30 H70 299</p><p>Carvin® 300</p><p>2x12 V3M 300</p><p>Dimebag Darrell CFH Collection 301</p><p>2x12 JP Jazz CFH 301</p><p>4x12 Darrell 412 302</p><p>Dr. Z Amplification® 303</p><p>1x12 MAZ 18 Jr. 303</p><p>2x12 Z Wreck 304</p><p>ENGL® 305</p><p>E 412 PRO XXL 305</p><p>E 412 Standard 306</p><p>Fender® 307</p><p>1x12 ’57 Deluxe 307</p><p>1x10 Pro Junior 308</p><p>1x15 ’64 Vibroverb Custom 309</p><p>1x12 ’65 Deluxe Reverb 310</p><p>2x12 ’65 Twin Reverb 311</p><p>1x12 Super-Sonic 312</p><p>3x10 Vibro-King 313</p><p>4x10 ’59 Bassman 314</p><p>8x10 Bass 810 PRO 315</p><p>1x6 Champion 600 316</p><p>4x12 MH-412SL 317</p><p>Vibratone 318</p><p>1x10 ’65 Princeton 319</p><p>1x8 ’57 Champ 320</p><p>1x8 ’57 Custom Champ 321</p><p>1x12 ’57 Custom Deluxe 322</p><p>2x12 ’57 Custom Twin-Amp 323</p><p>1x15 ’57 Custom Pro-Amp 324</p><p>3x10 ’57 Bandmaster 325</p><p>4x10 ’65 Super Reverb 326</p><p>1x15 ’53 Bassman 327</p><p>AmpliTube Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Contents 11</p><p>Gallien-Krueger® 328</p><p>1x12 MB 150 S 328</p><p>Jimi Hendrix 329</p><p>2x12 Open SL 329</p><p>2x12 Open T J120 330</p><p>2x15 Closed B J130 331</p><p>2x15 Closed D J130 332</p><p>4x12 Closed 25 C 333</p><p>4x12 Closed 75 C 334</p><p>4x12 Closed J120 335</p><p>Joe Satriani 336</p><p>4x12 Satch 60 336</p><p>4x12 Satch Green 337</p><p>Boston Cab Sim 338</p><p>Leslie® 339</p><p>122 341</p><p>122A 342</p><p>147 343</p><p>Leslie 3300W 344</p><p>G37 345</p><p>Studio 12 346</p><p>Marshall® - Slash 347</p><p>4x12 1960AV SL 347</p><p>4x12 1960BV SL 348</p><p>MESA/Boogie® 349</p><p>1x12 Mark III 349</p><p>1x12 Mark IV 350</p><p>2x12 Rectifier Horizontal 351</p><p>2x12 TransAtlantic TA-30 352</p><p>4x12 Recto Traditional Slant 353</p><p>Orange® 354</p><p>1x12 PPC 112 354</p><p>1x12 Tiny Terror 355</p><p>1x15 OBC 115 356</p><p>2x12 AD 30 357</p><p>2x12 PPC 212 358</p><p>2x12 PPC OB 359</p><p>4x10 OBC 410 360</p><p>4x12 PPC 412 361</p><p>8x10 OBC 810 362</p><p>Microphones 363</p><p>Dynamic 363</p><p>Dynamic 57 363</p><p>AmpliTube Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Contents 12</p><p>Dynamic 20 364</p><p>Vintage Dynamic 20 365</p><p>Dynamic 421 366</p><p>Dynamic 441 367</p><p>Dynamic 609 368</p><p>Condenser 369</p><p>Bottle 563 369</p><p>Condenser 12 370</p><p>Condenser 67 371</p><p>Condenser 84 372</p><p>Condenser 87 373</p><p>Condenser 170 374</p><p>Condenser 414 375</p><p>MD1-b 376</p><p>Tube VM 377</p><p>Ribbon 378</p><p>Ribbon 121 378</p><p>Ribbon 160 379</p><p>Velo-8 380</p><p>Rack Effects 381</p><p>AmpliTube Delay & Reverb 381</p><p>Digital Delay 381</p><p>Digital Reverb 382</p><p>Hall Reverb 383</p><p>Inverse Reverb 384</p><p>Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 102</p><p>Wah 46</p><p>Based on Vox® Wah V846™</p><p>This effect is based on the most famous Wah-Wah model used by Jimi Hendrix, which became his signature</p><p>sound in masterpiece tunes like “Voodoo Child.” Although the original had no auto-Wah features, this additional</p><p>functionality has been added for a more convenient usage when played on a computer. The original model is</p><p>considered to be one of the best sounding Wah-Wahs of all time.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	OFF/ON/AUTO: sets the mode of the Wah effect; Off, On, or Auto.</p><p>•	OFF: turns the effect Off, no Wah effect.</p><p>•	ON: the center frequency of the Wah effect is only set by the pedal.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 103</p><p>XS Fuzz</p><p>Based on Roger Mayer™ Axis Fuzz®</p><p>This effect is modeled after the effect used on the title track of the album “Axis Bold as Love.” The original</p><p>stomp can also be heard on the “Band of Gypsies” and various Jimi Hendrix recordings post 1968.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	VOLUME: sets the output volume of the stomp effect, from –inf to 0.0 dB.</p><p>•	DRIVE: sets the distortion amount, from 0 to 10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 104</p><p>Joe Satriani</p><p>Satch Wah</p><p>Based on Vox® Big Bad Wah</p><p>Based on Joe’s personal Vox® Big Bad Wah, offering two inductor coils each with their own voicing, plus an</p><p>extra gain drive and normal or 535-type sweep.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	 INDUCTOR: Switches between two different inductor coils (U.K. and U.S.).</p><p>•	VOICE: Switches between two different frequency response, a classic CryBaby one (Bright) and a darker</p><p>one (Dark).</p><p>•	DRIVE: Adjusts the overdrive gain of the Wah 2.</p><p>•	WAH TYPE: Switches between the two Wah sounds.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 105</p><p>Satch Distortion</p><p>Based on BOSS® DS-1</p><p>Based on Joe’s personal BOSS® DS-1, an early ‘80’s Japanese-made unit, this legendary distortion unit is</p><p>one of the most recognizable pedals ever made.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	LEVEL: Controls the pedal output level.</p><p>•	DIST: Controls the amount of distortion the pedal gives.</p><p>•	TONE: Controls the timbre of the distortion pedal.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 106</p><p>Satch Overdrive</p><p>Based on BOSS® OD-1</p><p>Based on an early ‘80s Japanese-made BOSS® OD-1, this overdrive pedal has long been a standard for</p><p>‘70s and ‘80s classic and hard rock.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	LEVEL: Controls the pedal output level.</p><p>•	DRIVE: Controls the amount of overdrive the pedal gives.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 107</p><p>Tube Overdrive</p><p>Based on Chandler® Tube Driver</p><p>Based on Joe’s personal Chandler® Tube Driver, this overdrive pedal offers generous distortion thanks to its</p><p>onboard 12AX7 valve.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	LEVEL: Controls the pedal output level.</p><p>•	DRIVE: Controls the amount of overdrive the pedal gives.</p><p>•	EQ LOW: Sets the amount of low frequencies in the sound.</p><p>•	EQ HI: Sets the amount of high frequencies in the sound.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 108</p><p>Satch Octave</p><p>Based on Ultimate Octave</p><p>Modeled on the Ultimate Octave pedal, a versatile update of the famous Octavia fuzz with a “Fat / Bright”</p><p>switch for two different distortion & octave characters.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	VOLUME: Controls the Satch Octave pedal output level.</p><p>•	TONE: Controls the timbre of the pedal.</p><p>•	DISTORTION: Controls the amount of distortion the pedal gives.</p><p>•	FAT: Switches between a standard bright and a more mid-range frequency response.</p><p>•	OCTAVE-UP: Enables the octave effect.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 109</p><p>Morley®</p><p>Contour Wah</p><p>Officially Certified Morley® Contour Wah™ Model</p><p>The Morley Contour Wah is a modelled recreation of the original hardware pedal. This pedal offers a</p><p>distinctive sonic signature as it was developed in conjunction with a notable guitarist in the contemporary</p><p>rock field. Furthermore it has some cool features that make it tweakable and customizable to suit different</p><p>sound requirements. The sound of this wah is very modern and cutting, as it’s focused on specific key</p><p>frequencies that give it presence. However, the contour feature can modify this, making it mellower or</p><p>sharper, depending on the user’s requirements. The original hardware sports an auto ON/OFF function as</p><p>the rocker pedal is pressed or released, and the spring load feature, which brings the rocker pedal back to</p><p>the heel position as the pedal is released. These features are included and adapted to work with AmpliTube’s</p><p>behavior and functionality.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	PEDAL: controls the filter’s frequency of the “Wah” effect.</p><p>•	CONTOUR KNOB: shifts the filter’s shape; counterclockwise positions have a mellower sound, clockwise</p><p>positions sharpen the high frequency response.</p><p>•	CONTOUR SWITCH: activates the Contour function, whose frequency is controlled by the Contour knob.</p><p>•	LEVEL KNOB: controls the additional level of the pedal when the Contour switch is active. Values are from</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 110</p><p>-8 dBs to +4 dBs.</p><p>•	ON: global bypass of the pedal.</p><p>•	AUTO OFF: if activated the pedal automatically shuts off when the rocker is in the heel position. Make sure</p><p>you do a proper hardware controller calibration before using the AUTO OFF feature.</p><p>•	DELAY TIME: when AUTO OFF is activated, DELAY TIME controls the time it takes for the pedal to shut off</p><p>once the rocker is brought to the heel position. Time range is 0 to 3 seconds.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 111</p><p>Seymour Duncan®</p><p>Power Grid</p><p>Officially Certified Seymour Duncan® Power Grid™ Model</p><p>The Power Grid is a high gain, solid state distortion pedal capable of a myriad of tones thanks to a three-</p><p>band active EQ section. It is perfect for all styles of rock. The pedal is designed to provide powerful</p><p>overdrive and distortion suitable for all kinds of rhythm and lead playing thanks to five stages of discrete</p><p>Class A circuitry. This raw horsepower is managed by a multi-element gain and volume control system that</p><p>provides very fine control. The tone is further refined with three bands of active EQ. Each band allows for</p><p>up to 12dB of boost or cut at selectable frequencies for maximum control. This allows you to create tones</p><p>with a far greater degree of surgical precision than what’s possible with any distortion pedal with a traditional</p><p>passive EQ.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	VOLUME: sets the overall volume, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	BASS: boosts and cuts the bass frequencies, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	MIDDLE: boosts and cuts the mid frequencies, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	TREBLE: boosts and cuts the high frequencies, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	GAIN: controls the amount of distortion.</p><p>•	ON/OFF: bypasses the effect.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 112</p><p>Shape Shifter</p><p>Officially Certified Seymour Duncan® Shape Shifter™ Model</p><p>This amazing stomp box reproduces the hypnotic, pulsing tremolo sound characteristic of ‘50s tube amps.</p><p>It can also produce crazy and innovative tones never heard before. With its detailed “Wave” and “Shape”</p><p>controls, it is one of the most versatile tremolo stomp boxes available. The Wave control shapes the tremolo</p><p>effect from a smooth sine wave to a sharper triangle wave to the abrupt “on/off effect” of a square wave.</p><p>The Shape control sets the rise and fall time of the tremolo (how fast or slow the volume increases and</p><p>decreases). This adds some very different variations to the tremolo effect: With a quick swell and a slow</p><p>drop, the effect is percussive like a piano. Conversely, with a slow swell and a sudden drop, the result is</p><p>reminiscent of a tape played backwards. A LED pulses in time with the tremolo effect to easily set the Rate.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	DEPTH: sets the intensity of the effect, varying the tremolo effect from a subtle shimmer to an intense</p><p>rhythmic pulse.</p><p>•	SHAPE: this control varies the tremolo rise and fall time (how fast or slow the volume increases and</p><p>decreases) for unique percussion, “reverse decay” effects</p><p>and everything in between.</p><p>•	WAVE: sets the wave form from a smooth sine wave (like vintage amps) to a choppier triangular wave to an</p><p>abrupt “on/off”pulsing square wave.</p><p>•	RATE: sets the speed of the tremolo effect (A LED flashes in time with the tremolo effect to easily set the</p><p>Rate).</p><p>•	BPM SYNC: allows the effect to synchronize to the DAW tempo.</p><p>•	ON/OFF: bypasses the effect.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 113</p><p>Slash</p><p>/Delay</p><p>Based on Boss® DD-3™</p><p>The digital delay stomp box used by Slash. It is based on one of the most famous modern digital delays. Use</p><p>this effect to add space and repetitions to your parts.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	LEVEL: sets the level of the effected (or wet) sound, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	TIME: changes the length of the delay between each repetition, from 1ms to 800ms.</p><p>•	FEEDBACK: changes the amount of time that the echo repeats, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	ON BPM: allows the effect to synchronize to the BPM tempo.</p><p>•	ON/OFF: bypasses the effect.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 114</p><p>Booster</p><p>Based on MXR® CAE MC401™ Boost/Line Driver</p><p>The booster stomp box used by Slash. It boosts your signal up to 20 dB. It’s perfect for solos, punchy rhythm</p><p>parts or to drive effects harder for more dynamics and sensitivity.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	dB: boosts the signal from 0 to 20 dB.</p><p>•	ON/OFF: bypasses the effect.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 115</p><p>Gate</p><p>Based on MXR® Smart Gate®</p><p>The gate stomp box used by Slash. It gates out noise slowly when notes are being held and quickly when they</p><p>are stopped short.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	LEVEL: varies the sensitivity of the gate‘s threshold, allowing it to be adjustable to any input source. from 0</p><p>to 10.</p><p>•	Three filter cut-off points are available: Full, Mid, or Hiss Band:</p><p>•	FULL: the Full Band noise cut is most effective in quieting input sources with low-end hum and buzz</p><p>problems.</p><p>•	MID: the Mid noise band cut is effective on instruments with high gain midrange frequency boost.</p><p>•	HISS: the Hiss noise band cut works well with instruments and input sources that have high frequency</p><p>boost.</p><p>•	ON/OFF: bypasses the effect.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 116</p><p>OctoBlue</p><p>Based on MXR® Blue Box™ Octave Fuzz</p><p>The Fuzz/Octave stomp box used by Slash. Adds fuzz to your signal and then duplicates it two octaves down.</p><p>This is one of the most evil and vicious pedals!</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	OUTPUT: sets the output volume of the stomp effect, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	BLEND: adjusts ratio of fuzzed signal with Octaved signal, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	ON/OFF: bypasses the effect.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 117</p><p>X-Chorus</p><p>Based on MXR® M134™</p><p>The chorus stomp box used by Slash offering great control and flexibility. Used in one of the most famous</p><p>song in the history of Rock: Paradise City. Use this stomp box with Clean/Crunch settings to add shimmer and</p><p>moving modulation to arpeggios or chords.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	 INT.: sets overall chorus effect, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	WIDTH: sets the amplitude of the modulation from light to deep, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	RATE: sets the speed of the modulation from slow shimmering to watery, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	BASS FILTER: keeps low end frequencies intact.</p><p>•	BASS: adjusts the bass frequencies of the chorus voice , from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	TREBLE: adjusts the high frequencies of the chorus voice, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	ON/OFF: bypasses the effect.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 118</p><p>WahDist</p><p>Based on Dunlop® Slash Signature Wah SW95™</p><p>The wah pedal with integrated distortion used by Slash. One of the most classic wahs combined with powerful</p><p>high gain distortion. Very useful on rock solos to add expression and bending.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	WAH: directly controls the Wah effect, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	DIST: enables the distortion.</p><p>•	GAIN: adjusts the input gain. Use this setting to drive the preamp stage, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	VOL: adjusts the output level (when distortion is enable), from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	ON/OFF: bypasses the effect.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 119</p><p>T-Rex®</p><p>Møller</p><p>Officially Certified T-Rex® Møller™ Model</p><p>The T-Rex Møller is a unique overdrive pedal that creates a wide variety of overdriven tones with flexible</p><p>tonal control along with a separate transparent 0-20 dB adjustable and switchable clean boost and a special</p><p>option to mix overdriven and clean signals. The Møller was developed in 2003 for a well known Danish</p><p>guitarist named Knud Møller who wanted a tube screamer but with an added clean boost. T-Rex made the</p><p>custom pedal based on the Alberta and subsequently named the Møller pedal after the guitarist.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	TONE: changes the color of the overdrive.</p><p>•	LEVEL: adjusts the output volume.</p><p>•	GAIN: controls the amount of overdrive.</p><p>•	BOOST (knob): cleanly boosts the output of the pedal from 1 to 20 dB independent of the overdrive circuit.</p><p>Used for increasing your volume for soloing.</p><p>•	MIX: mixes the balance between the overdriven signal and clean signal.</p><p>•	ON/OFF: turns the overdrive effect on and off.</p><p>•	VOICE: optimizes for humbucker or single coil pickups.</p><p>•	BOOST (switch): turns the clean boost on and off.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 120</p><p>Mudhoney</p><p>Officially Certified T-Rex® Mudhoney™ Model</p><p>The T-Rex Mudhoney is designed for those looking for an in-your-face wall of sound jumping out of the</p><p>speakers. The boost button and the tone knob give you the ability to dial in any sound you like from ultra</p><p>fuzz to smooth jazz sounds. With the boost function bypassed, the Mudhoney delivers moderate gain and a</p><p>rich, smooth sound that many jazz guitarists prefer. The boost button engages a high gain circuit for a more</p><p>aggressive sound.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	GAIN: controls the amount of distortion.</p><p>•	LEVEL: sets the overall volume. In middle position (12:00), the volume level is 1:1. When turned fully</p><p>clockwise, the output signal is boosted by 15 dB.</p><p>•	TONE: changes the color of the overdrive.</p><p>•	BOOST (switch): switches between moderate and high gain.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 121</p><p>Replica</p><p>Officially Certified T-Rex® Replica™ Model</p><p>The T-Rex Replica is possibly the world’s best delay pedal. With its astonishingly warm tone and clever tap</p><p>tempo feature, it is the perfect mix of controls that delivers everything the most demanding guitarists could ask</p><p>for in a delay. The Replica is used by guitar heroes from Pete Townsend to John Mayer to deliver their classic</p><p>sounds.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	ECHO: mixes between the amount of delay signal and dry signal.</p><p>•	LEVEL: sets the overall volume. At maximum level, the signal is boosted by approximately 3 dB.</p><p>•	REPEAT: controls the number of repeats in the delay signal. At the minimum position, the delay repeats</p><p>only once. At the maximum position, the delay signal repeats almost infinitely and self-oscillates.</p><p>•	TEMPO: sets the delay time. The minimum delay time is approximately 12 milliseconds, and the maximum</p><p>delay time is approximately 1,500 milliseconds. Note that the delay signal is muted when the TEMPO knob</p><p>is turned while playing to avoid unwanted pitch changing artifacts.</p><p>•	ON/OFF: bypasses the effect.</p><p>•	SUBDIVISION: syncs the effect to the master BPM of your DAW/Standalone metronome.</p><p>•	BROWN: is a High-Cut filter that alters the tone of the repeats. The result is a warmer, smoother delay</p><p>sound reminiscent of a vintage tape echo.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 122</p><p>Wampler Pedals®</p><p>Nirvana</p><p>Officially Certified Wampler Nirvana™ Chorus/Vibrato Model</p><p>A very versatile chorus pedal capable of many modulation colors. The power of this pedal lies in the triple</p><p>mode Intensity switch which sets the range of the modulation that can then be dialed in with the Depth</p><p>control. The Tone control, a feature that other chorus pedals lack, fine tunes the high end content of the</p><p>chorused signal, a nice touch to get a lush shimmer effect. An</p><p>additional cool feature, the “Vib” switch,</p><p>effectively acts as a dry kill switch, turning the chorus in a vibrato.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	DEPTH: sets the modulation amount.</p><p>•	RATE: sets the modulation speed.</p><p>•	LEVEL: sets the ratio between the dry and chorused signal.</p><p>•	TONE: fine tunes the high end content of the chorused signal.</p><p>•	 INTENSITY: this is a three way switch where each position gives a progressively increased modulation</p><p>range.</p><p>•	VIB: this switch kills the dry part of the signal leaving only the chorused sound which, being modulated, will</p><p>sound like a vibrato effect. Speed, Depth, Tone and Level controls will work on the vibrato character.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 123</p><p>Pinnacle Deluxe</p><p>Officially Certified Wampler Pinnacle Deluxe™ Model</p><p>This pedal is designed to reproduce the sound of late 70’s to early 80’s plexi-style amplifiers pushed to their</p><p>limit. This classic tone, also known as “Brown Sound” was the trademark of several guitarists of that era,</p><p>later known as “shredders”. This pedal has the flexibility of a dual mode operation, where it can be used as</p><p>a standard overdrive, or pushed further with the Boost switch, where an additional gain stage is added for</p><p>increased distortion. On top of this cool and handy feature, the Tone and Contour controls allow you to find</p><p>the perfect balance of high end and midrange, so that the pedal can be tailored to rhythm or lead sounds</p><p>with relative ease.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	GAIN: sets the level of distortion of the pedal.</p><p>•	VOLUME: sets the output level of the pedal.</p><p>•	TONE: fine tunes the high end response of the pedal: clockwise values result in more high end.</p><p>•	CONTOUR: Determines the midrange response of the pedal; clockwise positions result in more scooped mids.</p><p>•	VINTAGE/MODERN: this switch toggles the pedals frequency response between Vintage (with a mellower</p><p>character) and Modern, with a more full range response and high end content.</p><p>•	BOOST: kicks in an additional gain stage for increased distortion - useful for leads.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 124</p><p>Z.Vex®</p><p>Seek Trem</p><p>Officially Certified Z.Vex® Seek Trem™ Model</p><p>Seek Trem is a tremolo pedal combined with an adjustable 4-, 6-, or 8-step analog-style sequencer. Each</p><p>step has a volume knob so that you can turn it up or down in the pedal’s output, giving you complete control</p><p>over the rhythmic pattern, and allowing for ultimate creativity. There’s also a knob for adjusting the pattern’s</p><p>overall speed.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	BPM: allows the effect to synchronize to the DAW tempo.</p><p>•	 4-6-8: governs the number of steps.</p><p>•	SPD (speed): sets what time interval each step represents.</p><p>•	STEP KNOBS (from 1 to 8): set the volume for each step, from 0 to 10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 125</p><p>Seek Wah</p><p>Officially Certified Z.Vex® Seek Wah™ Model</p><p>A wah with a 4-, 6-, or 8-step analog-style sequencer in it, featuring LEDs that light up to show the steps.</p><p>The speed control governs overall sequencer tempo, and the 4-6-8 switch governs the number of steps.</p><p>This pedal produces rhythmic-pattern wah sounds that are totally unique.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	BPM: allows the effect to synchronize to the DAW tempo.</p><p>•	 4-6-8: governs the number of steps.</p><p>•	SPD (speed): sets what time interval each step represents.</p><p>•	STEP KNOBS (from 1 to 8): set the position of the wah, from 0 to 10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 126</p><p>Amplifiers</p><p>AmpliTube Clean</p><p>American Clean MKIII</p><p>Based on Mesa/Boogie® Mark III™ Combo (Clean Channel)</p><p>This is a model of the clean channel from a popular and sought after American amplifier. The signature tone can</p><p>be heard on many albums and many stages around the world. Experience a sparkling clean with the capability</p><p>for a touch of crunch when cranked up.</p><p>This beautiful amp is crystal clear but can also deliver edgy sounds by pushing the Master volume, and can</p><p>deliver a nice preamp crunch tone when Rhythm 2 is engaged.</p><p>This amp is extremely versatile you can really get many types of clean or edgy tones from its incredibly flexible</p><p>preamplifier. By selecting two different preamp shapes (Rhythm 2), and by adapting the tone with the Shift and</p><p>Deep switches, you can really shape your clean/edgy sound in almost all possible ways. Add the final 5 band</p><p>graphic EQ and the tonal possibilities are really wide. But be careful, this is not a ‘set and forget’ amp. Being it</p><p>extremely versatile it can of course be set to a tone that could be totally far from what is needed on that part. It</p><p>needs a degree of experimentation and experience before you can really master it!</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 127</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	VOLUME: sets the volume of the clean preamp. Push it closer to 10 for an edgy sound that starts to</p><p>crunch.</p><p>•	BRIGHT: boosts brilliance of the preamp, especially when the Volume control is kept low.</p><p>•	TREBLE: sets the amount of high frequencies on the sound.</p><p>•	SHIFT: modifies the frequencies where the Bass control works.</p><p>•	BASS: sets the amount of low frequencies on the sound.</p><p>•	MIDDLE: sets the amount of mid frequencies on the sound.</p><p>•	MASTER: determines the level that is sent to the power amp. Turning this knob up, makes the power amp</p><p>to saturate and produce great crunch sounds.</p><p>•	RHYTHM 2: when enabled the preamp has more gain, and it is therefore possible to obtain extremely</p><p>musical and sweet crunch sounds.</p><p>•	DEEP: when enabled the bass response of the amplifier is extended.</p><p>•	EQ: enables the graphic EQ.</p><p>•	EQ BANDS: these sliders can control the equalization of the amp on 5 distinct frequencies areas. You’ll find</p><p>it extremely musical and a powerful sound sculpting tool.</p><p>•	PRESENCE: when turned up the amp becomes more present and brighter.</p><p>•	REVERB: controls the amount of reverb coming from the internal spring unit.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 128</p><p>American Tube Clean 1</p><p>Based on Fender® Super Reverb®</p><p>This amp is modeled after a classic American guitar amp. This amp is great for clean to dirty sounds, making</p><p>it ideal for clean and crunchy rhythm, rock, country, blues, and anything else requiring a clean amp capable of</p><p>getting a little dirty when the music calls for it.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	BASS: boosts and cuts the bass frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	MIDDLE: boosts and cuts the mid frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	TREBLE: boosts and cuts the high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	PRESENCE: boost the high frequencies of the EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	SPRING REVERB: sets the level of spring reverb added to the guitar amp sound, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	VOLUME: adjusts the output level of the power amp stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 129</p><p>American Tube Clean 2</p><p>Based on Fender® DeLuxe Reverb® ’65</p><p>This model features yet another classic American amplifier. Unlike the American Tube Clean 1, this model is a</p><p>smaller combo amp. This amp delivers a clean yet warm tone.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	BASS: boosts and cuts the bass frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	MIDDLE: boosts and cuts the mid frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	TREBLE: boosts and cuts the high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	PRESENCE: boost the high frequencies of the EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	SPRING REVERB: sets the level of spring reverb added to the guitar amp sound, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	VOLUME: adjusts the output level of the power amp stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 130</p><p>Custom Solid State Clean</p><p>This amp model is clean. It provides a very uncolored signal, perfect for jazz. It could be compared to amps like</p><p>the Jazz Amp 120, ideal for sparkling clean tones.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	BASS: boosts and cuts the bass frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	TREBLE: boosts and cuts the high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	PRESENCE: boost the high</p><p>frequencies of the EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	SPRING REVERB: sets the level of spring reverb added to the guitar amp sound, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	VOLUME: adjusts the output level of the power amp stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 131</p><p>Jazz Amp 120</p><p>Based on Roland® JC-120™</p><p>It may have Jazz in its name, but this versatile clean sound can be heard in many genres. Many of the top</p><p>metal players keep this not-so-secret weapon in the studio for great clean sounds. Its sonic feature is the</p><p>fantastic built-in analog chorus and vibrato unit that really made this amp a classic.</p><p>Important: this amp contains a built-in stereo Chorus/Vibrato unit. To actually be able to hear this in stereo you</p><p>will need to use two microphones in front of its Cabinet and pan the wide L – R. For more information about</p><p>how to set this, see Chapter 9.5.7.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	BRIGHT: boosts brilliance of the preamp, especially when the Volume control is kept low.</p><p>•	VOLUME: sets the overall amp volume. The amp remains clean up to volume 3 or 4 and starts distorting</p><p>for higher positions.</p><p>•	DISTORTION: turning this knob up from the minimum position by a little bit turns On the distortion circuit.</p><p>From there, continuing rising the control brings more and more distortion.</p><p>•	REVERB: controls the amount of reverb.</p><p>•	TREBLE: sets the amount of high frequencies on the sound.</p><p>•	MIDDLE: sets the amount of mid frequencies on the sound.</p><p>•	BASS: sets the amount of low frequencies on the sound.</p><p>•	VIB/OFF/CHORUS: this is a three position switch;</p><p>•	When set to Off, the sound will not be affected by chorus or vibrato.</p><p>•	When set to Vib, vibrato will be turned On.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 132</p><p>•	When set to Chorus, chorus will be turned On.</p><p>•	SPEED: sets the speed of the Vibrato effect. Note that Chorus has no settings.</p><p>•	DEPTH: sets the intensity of the Vibrato effect. Note that Chorus has no settings.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 133</p><p>Metal Clean T</p><p>Based on Mesa/Boogie® Triple Rectifier® (Clean Channel)</p><p>This extremely high-quality amplifier delivers a very detailed and clean response on the clean channel.</p><p>Incredibly well defined, it’s the perfect starting point for any kind of sound. Use this channel to get your</p><p>hyper- driven sounds from stomps only, as well as for creating clean or edgy sounds.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	GAIN: adjusts the input gain of the preamp stage. Use this setting to drive the preamp stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	BASS: boosts and cuts the bass frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	MIDDLE: boosts and cuts the mid frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	TREBLE: boosts and cuts the high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	PRESENCE: boost the high frequencies of the EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	SPRING REVERB: Sets the level of spring reverb added to the guitar amp sound, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	VOLUME: adjusts the output level of the power amp stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 134</p><p>AmpliTube Crunch</p><p>American Tube Vintage</p><p>Based on Fender® Bassman®</p><p>This classic American amplifier was at first designed to be a bass amp, but later became one of the most</p><p>popular American guitar amps ever made. Great for clean tones, it is also versatile in a variety of music genres</p><p>and playing styles.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	BASS: boosts and cuts the bass frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	MIDDLE: boosts and cuts the mid frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	TREBLE: boosts and cuts the high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	PRESENCE: boost the high frequencies of the EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	SPRING REVERB: sets the level of spring reverb added to the guitar amp sound, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	VOLUME: adjusts the output level of the power amp stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 135</p><p>Brit Valve Pre</p><p>Based on Marshall® JMP-1™ tube preamp</p><p>The JMP-1 was Marshall’s first foray into the world of MIDI control with Marshall tone. It allows players to sculpt</p><p>the tones they want, then save those tone presets for recall by MIDI control at any time. It’s one of the simplest</p><p>preamps, very straightforward. It has the staple Marshall controls like Volume, Gain, Bass, Middle, Treble and</p><p>Presence. It features a bass shift, 2 overdrive channels, and 2 clean channels. For its ease of use and its “ready-</p><p>to-go” sound character, it quickly became one of the most iconic Guitar preamps of the era. Almost 90% of the</p><p>pro players at the time had a JMP-1 in their rack of toys.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	DATA DISPLAY: Shows the value of the selected parameter.</p><p>•	DATA knob:	decreases,	increases	the	value	of	the	selected	parameter.	•	GAIN:	selects	the	input	gain</p><p>parameter.</p><p>•	BASS: selects the Bass parameter.</p><p>•	MIDDLE: selects the Middle parameter.</p><p>•	TREBLE: selects the Treble parameter.</p><p>•	PRESENCE:	selects	the	Presence	parameter.	•	OD1:	engages	the	overdrive	1	channel.</p><p>•	OD2: engages the overdrive 2 channel.</p><p>•	BASS SHIFT:	enhances	the	Bass	frequencies.	•	CLEAN	1:	engages	the	Clean	1	channel.</p><p>•	CLEAN 2: engages the Clean 2 channel.</p><p>•	OUTPUT LEVEL: adjusts the final output level of the unit from 0 to 10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 136</p><p>British Blue Tube 30TB</p><p>Based on Vox® AC30™ Top Boost - Blue Panel</p><p>This is a model of a legendary British amplifier, which is one of the most widely recognizable and popular amps</p><p>of all time. Throughout its life, its legendary tone helped to put many of rock’s founding fathers (including 4 guys</p><p>from Liverpool) on the map and has been a highly sought-after sound that is still heard on many albums today.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	BASS: boosts and cuts the bass frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	TREBLE: boosts and cuts the high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	CUT: as on the original, cuts the high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage when turned down.</p><p>•	SPRING REVERB: sets the level of spring reverb added to the guitar amp sound, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	VOLUME: adjusts the output level of the power amp stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 137</p><p>British Copper 30TB</p><p>Based on Vox® AC30™ - Copper Panel</p><p>Take yourself back to the ‘60s with this quintessential amp. Not just any version, but an accurate model of the</p><p>well-known and loved version of an already spectacular amplifier. If you want some British sound, you can find it</p><p>here.</p><p>The original copper panel model was non-top boost, and you can find it exactly replicated here when the switch</p><p>Top Boost is Off. Turn it On to add the top boost circuit in a second and be then able to adjust your sound with</p><p>Bass and Treble pots.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	NORMAL: sets the volume level for the Normal channel. Normal channel has a mellower response when</p><p>compared to the Brilliant channel.</p><p>•	BRILLIANT: sets the volume level for the Brilliant channel.</p><p>•	VIB -TREM: sets the volume level for the Vibrato and Tremolo channel.</p><p>•	TOP BOOST: adds the Top Boost circuit in the Brilliant channel signal path. Normal and Vib-Trem channels</p><p>are not affected by this.</p><p>•	BASS: adjusts the level of low frequencies in the sound. Active only on Brilliant channel and only when Top</p><p>Boost is On.</p><p>•	TREBLE: adjust the level of high frequencies in the sound. Active only on Brilliant channel and only when</p><p>Top Boost is On.</p><p>•	TONE: sets the overall brightness of the amp. It is always active, on all channels. When set to Min the amp</p><p>is bright, when set to Max the amp is mellower.</p><p>•	SPEED: sets the speed of the Tremolo or Vibrato effect.</p><p>•	SWITCH: determines if the Vib-Trem channel will produce a Vibrato or a Tremolo effect.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 138</p><p>HiAmp</p><p>Based on Hiwatt® DR103™ Head</p><p>HiAmp is based on one of the most legendary British tube amplifiers. This amp’s full-bodied, warm sound</p><p>characterized countless music productions and performances in the 70s and early 80s. The amp was highly</p><p>valued for its warm clean and its powerful crunch tones.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	NORMAL/BRIGHT: selects normal or bright channel.</p><p>•	NORMAL VOLUME: adjusts the input gain of the normal channel preamp stage from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	BRIGHT VOLUME: adjusts the input gain of the bright channel preamp stage from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	BASS: boosts and cuts the bass frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	TREBLE: boosts and cuts the high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	MIDDLE: boosts and cuts the mid frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	PRESENCE: determines the amount of high-end frequencies, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	MASTER VOLUME: adjust the global level, from 1 to 10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 139</p><p>Tube Vintage Combo</p><p>Based on Supro® Late ‘50s combo</p><p>This is a model of a small vintage amplifier that was basic in design, but big in tone. This model is simple but</p><p>sweet.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	PRESENCE: cuts the high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stages when turned down.</p><p>•	SPRING REVERB: sets the level of spring reverb added to the guitar amp sound, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	VOLUME: adjusts the output level of the power amp stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 140</p><p>AmpliTube Lead</p><p>American Lead MKIII</p><p>Based on Mesa/Boogie® Mark III™ Combo (Lead Channel)</p><p>This is the lead channel of a renowned three-channel American amplifier, known for excelling at both clean and</p><p>lead sounds. This channel can be big and aggressive when you want some California crunch and you can get</p><p>smooth, tasty sustained lead sounds too.</p><p>This amp is extremely versatile, you can really get almost any type of sound from its incredibly flexible</p><p>preamplifier. By calibrating the various gain stages (Volume -> Lead Drive -> Master), by selecting two different</p><p>preamp shapes (Rhythm 2), and by adapting the tone with the SHIFT switches, you can really shape your driven</p><p>sound in almost all possible ways. Add the final 5 band graphic EQ and the tonal possibilities are really endless.</p><p>But be careful, this is not a ‘set and forget’ amp. Being it extremely versatile it can of course be set to a tone</p><p>that could be totally far from what is needed on that part. It needs a degree of experimentation and experience</p><p>before you can really master it!</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	LEAD DRIVE: sets the amount of gain of the lead stage. Increase this to have more sustaining distortion</p><p>and decrease it to get a more edgy and crunchy type of distortion.</p><p>•	VOLUME: sets the gain of the initial stage. This is the gain that comes before all others in the amp signal</p><p>path.</p><p>•	MASTER: sets the power amp level. This is the latest level in the amp signal path. Setting high gains in the</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 141</p><p>preamp (Volume and Lead Drive) and also setting Master to a very high level can result in an overly pushed</p><p>sound that could be difficult to obtain a good sound. Keep this at high levels only if Volume and Lead drive</p><p>are not so high.</p><p>•	TREBLE: sets the amount of high frequencies on the sound.</p><p>•	BASS: sets the amount of low frequencies on the sound.</p><p>•	MIDDLE: sets the amount of mid frequencies on the sound</p><p>•	BRIGHT: boosts brilliance of the preamp, especially when the Volume control is kept low.</p><p>•	SHIFT (BASS): modifies the frequencies where the Bass control works.</p><p>•	SHIFT (TREBLE): modifies the frequencies where the Treble control works.</p><p>•	RHYTHM 2: when enabled the preamp has even more gain, and slightly changes its tonal character.</p><p>•	DEEP: when enabled the bass response of the amplifier is extended.</p><p>•	EQ: enables the graphic EQ.</p><p>•	PRESENCE: when turned up the amp becomes more present and brighter.</p><p>•	REVERB: controls the amount of reverb coming from the internal spring unit.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 142</p><p>Brit 8000</p><p>Based on Marshall® JCM800™ head</p><p>The amp that, although most think of the Plexi’s as the defining tone of a pushed Marshall, in reality it’s the</p><p>JCM800 that people are hearing. The JCM800 was the first departure from the Plexi format designed for players</p><p>who desired a “hotter” front end and more control over the overall output volume. The result? More preamp</p><p>overdrive and crunch at controllable volumes.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	SENSITIVITY: switches between High or Low input gain</p><p>•	PRESENCE: boosts high frequencies from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	BASS: boosts and cuts the bass frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	MIDDLE: boosts and cuts the mid frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	TREBLE: boosts and cuts the high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	MASTER VOLUME: adjusts the final output level of the power amp stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	PRE AMP VOLUME: adjusts the input gain of the preamp stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 143</p><p>Brit 9000</p><p>Based on Marshall® JCM900™ head</p><p>The Brit 9000 is based upon the early 90s introduction of the “evolution” of the JCM800, the JCM900. This dual</p><p>channel, dual reverb head was designed for versatility with channel 1 voiced from clean to low level lead gain</p><p>when cranked, and channel 2 voiced with enough gain to provide fearsome lead tones at low gain to screaming</p><p>solo tones at high gain.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	PRESENCE: boosts high frequencies from 0 to 10.</p><p>•</p><p>•	PRESENCE: boosts high frequencies from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	BASS: boosts and cuts the bass frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	MIDDLE: boosts and cuts the mid frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	TREBLE: boosts and cuts the high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	MASTER VOLUME: adjusts the final output level of the power amp stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	GAIN SENSITIVITY: boosts the input gain of the main preamp stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	PRE AMP VOLUME: adjusts the input gain of the main preamp stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	POWER LEVEL: switches between High and Low power level.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 144</p><p>Brit Silver</p><p>Based on Marshall® Jubilee™ head</p><p>Based on the 1987 Marshall Silver Jubilee commemorating the 25th anniversary of the Marshall company, the</p><p>Brit Silver features the 3-gain mode of the preamp circuit “clean”, Rhythm Clip and Lead. The Silver Jubilee was</p><p>also the first Marshall to feature an output power section that could be switched from full to 1/2 power, thus</p><p>providing that JCM800 tone at reasonable volumes. The Brit Silver faithfully recreates the original Silver Jubilee</p><p>down to every minute detail for hyper-real authentic Marshall tone.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	PRESENCE: boosts high frequencies from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	BASS: boosts and cuts the bass frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	MIDDLE: boosts and cuts the mid frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	TREBLE: boosts and cuts the high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	OUTPUT MASTER: adjusts the final output level of the power amp stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	PULL CHANNEL: switches between Clean channel and Lead channel</p><p>•	LEAD MASTER: adjusts the final output level of the lead channel from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	 INPUT GAIN: adjusts the input gain of the main preamp stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	PULL RHYTHM CLIP: adds more gain to the preamp stage.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 145</p><p>British Tube Lead 1</p><p>Based on Marshall® JCM800™ head</p><p>Made popular by the hard rockers of the ‘80s this British guitar amp has remained a prized tone for many of</p><p>today’s guitar players. Able to crank out great tube saturated tone with ease, this model is a go to amp for a</p><p>variety of heavy rock guitar sounds.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	GAIN: adjusts the input gain of the preamp stage. Use this setting to drive the preamp stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	BASS: boosts and cuts the bass frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	MIDDLE: boosts and cuts the mid frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	TREBLE: boosts and cuts the high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	PRESENCE: boost the high frequencies of the EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	SPRING REVERB: sets the level</p><p>of spring reverb added to the guitar amp sound, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	VOLUME: adjusts the output level of the power amp stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 146</p><p>British Tube Lead 2</p><p>Based on Marshall® JCM900™ head</p><p>The younger sibling to the British Tube Lead 1, this model is capable of great rock tone, leads, and heavy</p><p>crunch. While grittier and a little more aggressive, it still has the classic tone that has made this family of amps a</p><p>household name in rock guitar.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	GAIN: adjusts the input gain of the preamp stage. Use this setting to drive the preamp stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	BASS: boosts and cuts the bass frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	MIDDLE: boosts and cuts the mid frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	TREBLE: boosts and cuts the high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	PRESENCE: boost the high frequencies of the EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	SPRING REVERB: sets the level of spring reverb added to the guitar amp sound, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	VOLUME: adjusts the output level of the power amp stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 147</p><p>Custom Modern Hi-Gain</p><p>Based on the classic AmpliTube model, this amp features lots of gain for that over the edge distortion sound.</p><p>Similar to modern tube lead sound in character, Modern Hi-Gain provides an additional take on that type of</p><p>sound.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	GAIN: adjusts the input gain of the preamp stage. Use this setting to drive the preamp stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	BASS: boosts and cuts the bass frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	MIDDLE: boosts and cuts the mid frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	TREBLE: boosts and cuts the high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	PRESENCE: boost the high frequencies of the EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	SPRING REVERB: sets the level of spring reverb added to the guitar amp sound, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	VOLUME: adjusts the output level of the power amp stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 148</p><p>Custom Solid State Fuzz</p><p>Based on AmpliTube 1’s fuzz amp, this model is a very distinct and distorted sound, reminiscent of ‘60s fuzz</p><p>sounds.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	GAIN: adjusts the input gain of the preamp stage. Use this setting to drive the preamp stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	BASS: boosts and cuts the bass frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	TREBLE: boosts and cuts the high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	PRESENCE: boost the high frequencies of the EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	SPRING REVERB: sets the level of spring reverb added to the guitar amp sound, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	VOLUME: adjusts the output level of the power amp stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 149</p><p>Custom Solid State Lead</p><p>This model features a precise solid state lead sound. It has a darker tone and excels at high gain lead tones. It is</p><p>very suitable for hard rock leads and its gain is very stable, making it easy to use at low volume levels.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	GAIN: adjusts the input gain of the preamp stage. Use this setting to drive the preamp stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	BASS: boosts and cuts the bass frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	TREBLE: boosts and cuts the high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	PRESENCE: boost the high frequencies of the EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	SPRING REVERB: sets the level of spring reverb added to the guitar amp sound, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	VOLUME: adjusts the output level of the power amp stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 150</p><p>German 34</p><p>Based on Bogner® Ecstasy XTC 3534</p><p>Its German creator really put the boutique sound into this amplifier that has everything you need to sculpt</p><p>the tone of your dreams to its finest with its EL34-fueled sound. From crystalline cleans to edgy and raging</p><p>distortions. It features three channels: the clean green, the famous blue channel overdrive and the red channel</p><p>for high gain tones.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	VOL. 1: adjusts the volume for channel 1.</p><p>•	GAIN 1: adjusts the input gain for channel 1.</p><p>•	VOL. / GAIN: these are the same controls of the previous, but for both channel 1 and channel 2 depending</p><p>on which one is selected.</p><p>•	TREBLE/MIDDLE/BASS: EQ section available for the three channels. The EQ is designed to be always in</p><p>the middle of the two leds of each channel, so you won’t tweak the wrong EQ section.</p><p>•	CH. SELECT lets you navigate among the three channels.</p><p>•	BOOST: engages a boost for all channels.</p><p>•	N/B1/B2 SWITCH: this switch lets you choose between 3 bright modes. N stands for normal and provides</p><p>the most natural sound. B1 is brighter and B2 is even brighter than B1.</p><p>•	PRESENCE: controls the brightness of the power-amp for all the channels.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 151</p><p>MiniPlex 20</p><p>Based on Friedman® Pink Taco PT-20</p><p>Super versatile and powered by EL84, this American model provides great tones from blues to heavy metal</p><p>with just a few knob tweaks. This model loves to take pedals from Overdrives to Modulation effects and reacts</p><p>exceedingly well to the player’s performance with its harmonically rich and resonating tone.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	BASS: This adds or takes away bass or bottom end. As the amp gets louder you may want to back this off</p><p>a bit.</p><p>•	MIDDLE: Adds or takes away midrange. Start at 5 or 6, lower settings will scoop the mids, higher levels will</p><p>allow your audience to actually hear the guitar in the mix.</p><p>•	TREBLE: This adds or takes away treble. Start at 5 and adjust to taste.</p><p>•	MASTER: This is the MiniPlex 20’s MASTER VOLUME. The more you turn it up the louder it gets.</p><p>•	GAIN: This adds gain/distortion. Adjust to taste. Don’t be afraid.</p><p>•	S: Gain structure switch provides three choices of overall gain of the MiniPlex 20.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 152</p><p>Metal Lead T</p><p>Based on MESA/Boogie® Triple Rectifier® (Lead Channel)</p><p>This classic amp provides the tightest bass and fastest response, even at extreme speeds and gain. The result</p><p>is perfect for speed, thrash, and other aggressive metal styles as well as smoother, cleaner styles, and it is a</p><p>must for all modern metal.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	GAIN: adjusts the input gain of the preamp stage. Use this setting to drive the preamp stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	BASS: boosts and cuts the bass frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	MIDDLE: boosts and cuts the mid frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	TREBLE: boosts and cuts the high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	PRESENCE: boost the high frequencies of the EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	SPRING REVERB: sets the level of spring reverb added to the guitar amp sound, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	VOLUME: adjusts the output level of the power amp stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 153</p><p>Metal Lead V</p><p>Based on Peavey® 5150® 100W head</p><p>Engineered to the exacting demands of some of the greatest guitarists of all time, this amp quickly became a</p><p>favorite of tone purists and gain heads alike. Capable of some of the cleanest – or the heaviest – tones of all</p><p>time.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	GAIN: adjusts the input gain of the preamp stage. Use this setting to drive the preamp stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	BASS: boosts and cuts the bass frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	MIDDLE: boosts and cuts the mid frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	TREBLE: boosts and cuts the high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	BOTTOM: use this knob to enhance the speaker bottom end resonance.</p><p>•	SPRING REVERB: sets the level of spring reverb added to the guitar amp sound, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	VOLUME: adjusts the output level of the power amp stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 154</p><p>Metal Lead W</p><p>Based on Randall® Warhead™</p><p>Designed by some of the hardest rockers of the ‘90s, this amp was built for pure metal mayhem. There</p><p>may be</p><p>no heavier, more aggressive amp in the world.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>PRE MODEL:</p><p>•	GAIN: adjusts the input gain of the preamp stage. Use this setting to drive the preamp stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>EQ MODEL:</p><p>•	BASS: boosts and cuts the bass frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	MIDDLE: boosts and cuts the mid frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	TREBLE: boosts and cuts the high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	BOTTOM: use this knob to enhance the speaker bottom end resonance.</p><p>•	SPRING REVERB: sets the level of spring reverb added to the guitar amp sound, from 1 to 10.</p><p>AMP MODEL:</p><p>•	VOLUME: adjusts the output level of the power amp stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 155</p><p>Modern Tube Lead</p><p>Based on Mesa-Boogie® Dual Rectifier®</p><p>This amp is a model of one of the leaders in hard, driven rock tones made today. Capable of searing leads and</p><p>heavy crunch, this amp has been rectified to create a modern rock tone that is hard to beat.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	GAIN: adjusts the input gain of the preamp stage. Use this setting to drive the preamp stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	BASS: boosts and cuts the bass frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	MIDDLE: boosts and cuts the mid frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	TREBLE: boosts and cuts the high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	PRESENCE: boost the high frequencies of the EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	SPRING REVERB: sets the level of spring reverb added to the guitar amp sound, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	VOLUME: adjusts the output level of the power amp stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 156</p><p>Red Pig</p><p>Based on Marshall® Major™ head</p><p>This gem from the 60s is based on the Marshall Major 200 “Pig” (as it was nicknamed) made famous by players</p><p>like Ritchie Blackmore, Jimmy Page, Joe Perry and at times Stevie Ray Vaughan. It was originally produced</p><p>for players who needed more stage volume and sported a full 200 watts powered by KT88 power tubes.</p><p>Nicknamed “the Pig” because it was a full 3” deeper than Marshalls of the day to accommodate the larger</p><p>transformers, it quickly became the favorite of larger venue players.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	PRESENCE: boosts high frequencies from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	BASS: boosts and cuts the bass frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	MIDDLE: boosts and cuts the mid frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	TREBLE: boosts and cuts the high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	VOLUME 1: adjusts the input gain of the “bright” channel 1 from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	VOLUME 1: adjusts the input gain of the “normal” channel 2 from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	 1-2 SWITCH: switches between channel 1 and channel 2.</p><p>•	BRIDGE: enables channel bridging. Use the Bridge option to add more drive.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 157</p><p>SilverPlate 50</p><p>Based on PRS® Archon 50</p><p>If you are looking for a modern and aggressive, but still versatile sound with the response of a classic amplifier,</p><p>this American model is the perfect match for your needs. It’s able to deliver both clear, sparkling cleans and</p><p>aggressive overdriven bite.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	PRESENCE/DEPTH: The Presence and Depth controls are global and affect both channels. Presence</p><p>affects the upper high-end, and Depth affects the ultra-low frequencies.</p><p>•	CHANNEL CONTROLS: Each channel is equipped with a Volume, Treble, Middle, Bass, and Master</p><p>control. Use the Volume control to adjust the level of preamp gain. Use the Master control to adjust the</p><p>overall channel volume. Adjust the tone controls to taste.</p><p>•	BRIGHT SWITCHES: These switches allow you to set the overall brightness of each channel.</p><p>•	LEAD/CLEAN SELECTOR: A switch to select which channel is active.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 158</p><p>VHandcraft 4</p><p>Based on Diezel VH4</p><p>Still made as in 1992, this is the first iconic amp of a famous German manufacturer that influenced a lot of</p><p>modern music’s heavy tones with its meaty sound. The result is articulate and thick. A must have for heavy</p><p>players.</p><p>Channel Voicing:</p><p>•	PRESENCE/DEPTH: The Presence and Depth controls are global and affect both channels. Presence</p><p>affects the upper high-end, and Depth affects the ultra-low frequencies.</p><p>•	CHANNEL 1 (Clean): This channel was designed for clean, undistorted sound with high power and good</p><p>harmonics. With its gain control to the upper third, it sounds soft and warm. Gain at lower settings produce</p><p>more percussive and penetrating clean sounds. Full gain setting makes crunch sounds possible.</p><p>•	CHANNEL 2 (Crunch): Channel 2 is a blues guitarist’s closest friend. Its dynamic spectrum is especially</p><p>beautiful in the lower frequency range. Its gain range goes from clean to distorted. Due to its different</p><p>voicing the 2nd channel will sound a little softer than channel one in clean. “Raw” probably best describes</p><p>this channel.</p><p>•	CHANNEL 3 (Distortion): Its concept is heavy rhythm guitar. The distortion is noticeably tighter than in</p><p>channel 2. The gain structure of channel 3 is designed to deliver great distorted sound even with guitars</p><p>that have relatively low output, like many vintage guitars.</p><p>•	CHANNEL 4 (Ultra High-Gain): The Solo channel. A little more mid heavy than channel 3, therefore it</p><p>punches through the band sound quite well. See channel 3 description for gain control setting. Often a gain</p><p>setting near one o’clock is sufficient for absolute high gain distortion. Use the volume control here and for</p><p>all other channels to match the individual channel volumes.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 159</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	GAIN: controls the gain in the preamplifier section to get distortion and saturation.</p><p>•	CHANNEL VOLUME: controls the volume of the selected channel.</p><p>•	TREBLE: controls the amount of high frequencies in the selected channel.</p><p>•	MIDDLE: controls the amount of mid frequencies in the selected channel.</p><p>•	BASS: controls the amount of bass frequencies in the selected channel.</p><p>•	DEEP: this is an active bass control for the power amp that adds low end punch to the power amp</p><p>centered at 80Hz. It does not alter the dynamic behavior of the power amp.</p><p>•	PRESENCE: this knob controls the treble part of the power amps tone spectrum. Its frequency centers</p><p>at about 4kHz. Treble is produced and dispersed in a very small beam from the speaker, so be sure to</p><p>position yourself in the projection area of the speaker when making adjustments.</p><p>•	MASTER VOLUME: controls the final volume of the Power amplifier(s). The layout of the controls is such</p><p>that full volume is achieved at the one o’clock knob setting. Turning the knob further will overdrive the</p><p>power amp(s) to create power amp distortion for those of you that prefer this sort of thing. We added this</p><p>feature to round out the distortion sound palette on the extreme end. So, you friends of all things vintage</p><p>can get colorations and distortion textures that only power amp tubes can deliver. Bring your ear plugs,</p><p>please.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 160</p><p>Vintage Metal Lead</p><p>Based on Marshall® JMP100™ head</p><p>This amp is based on an all-time classic, from its origin in the ‘70s through Aussie hard rock crazy ‘80s metal</p><p>and beyond. Few amps have rocked as hard, for as long.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	GAIN: adjusts the input gain of the preamp stage. Use this setting to drive the preamp stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	BASS: boosts and cuts the bass frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	MIDDLE: boosts and cuts the mid frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	TREBLE: boosts and cuts the high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	PRESENCE: boost the high frequencies of the EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	SPRING REVERB: sets the level of spring reverb added to the guitar amp sound, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	VOLUME: adjusts the output level of the power amp stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 161</p><p>AmpliTube Bass</p><p>360Bass Preamp</p><p>Based on</p><p>Acoustic® 360™ Bass Preamp</p><p>This amp toured and recorded for years with one of the biggest and bold rock bands ever. Classic rock tones</p><p>are a natural with this amp, but it is also known for being used by one of the most famous jazz bassists of all</p><p>time. Show no quarter and make your bass kill with this amp-solid state but loud and proud.</p><p>When paired with its Matching cabined (1x18” Horn Bass) it can sound really dark when compared to today’s</p><p>bass amps, but that’s the magic of it!</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	BRIGHT: boosts brilliance of the preamp, especially when the Volume control is kept low.</p><p>•	VOLUME: sets the overall volume of the amp. Set it low for pure and clean tones and push it for driven</p><p>sounds.</p><p>•	TREBLE: sets the amount of mid and high frequencies on the sound.</p><p>•	BASS: sets the amount of low frequencies on the sound.</p><p>•	RANGE: forms a semi-parametric midrange equalizer together with Effect. Use the Range control to select</p><p>the center frequency of the mid frequency equalization process among 5 positions.</p><p>•	EFFECT: forms a semi-parametric midrange equalizer together with Range. Use Effect boost or cut the</p><p>midrange frequencies selected with the Range control.</p><p>•	FUZZ: turns On the built-in Fuzz effect.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 162</p><p>•	GAIN: sets the output volume of the Fuzz effect.</p><p>•	ATTACK: sets the type of Fuzz effect that is applied. When set to Min the sound is similar to a smooth</p><p>overdrive, when moved toward max the sound gets more aggressive and fuzzy.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 163</p><p>Green BA250</p><p>Based on Trace Elliot® AH250™ Head</p><p>This is a model of a solid state powerhouse bass amplifier with great tone-shaping controls, a warm sound</p><p>unlike most solid state amps, and a sought-after preamp.</p><p>Despite being solid state this amp delivers an incredibly warm and tasteful tone. With its signature “Middle cut</p><p>pre shaping” feature will immediately bring you back to ‘80s bass lines!</p><p>Controls</p><p>•	GRAPHIC EQUALIZATION: turns On the graphic EQ when enabled.</p><p>•	MIDDLE CUT PRE-SHAPING: engages a mid frequency shaping that’s very characteristic of this amp.</p><p>When it is Off, the preamp is almost flat and natural sounding.</p><p>•	GAIN: sets the preamp input gain. Follow what the fancy input level LED meter tells… and you can’t go</p><p>wrong! Unless you want overdrive it!</p><p>•	GRAPHIC EQUALIZATION: 11 sliders to create your tone. Only a few graphic EQ have the musical quality</p><p>of this powerful sculpting tool.</p><p>•	BALANCE: it balances the levels when you engage or disable the Graphic EQ.</p><p>•	LEVEL: overall amp volume. It sets the level that is sent to the power amp stage.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 164</p><p>New York B750</p><p>Based on Aguilar® DB750</p><p>This American bass amplifier model is the perfect combination of tubes and MOSFET technology with its</p><p>all-tube preamp and discrete MOSFET output section. It takes any bass to its finest with its raw power and</p><p>excellent tone, and with its wide frequency response, it’s perfect to be paired with low-tuned or five or six-string</p><p>basses.</p><p>Controls</p><p>•	GAIN: This pot controls the gain of the preamp section. Clean sounds are usually achieved by setting the</p><p>input gain around 11 or 12 o’clock. A little bit of musical distortion will occur if set past one or two o’clock.</p><p>•	BRIGHT: This switch is passive RC pre-emphasis circuit at 5-7 kHz. The bright switch will add a brighter</p><p>timbre to the entire range of your bass.</p><p>•	TREBLE: Tube driven shelving type, boosts up to 12 db. The center frequency is set at 4 kHz.</p><p>•	MID: Tube driven shelving centered at 400 Hz.</p><p>•	BASS: Tube driven shelving type, boosts up to 12 db. The center frequency is set at 40 Hz.</p><p>•	DEEP: The deep switch adds 3db of broadband boost at 30 Hz.</p><p>•	MASTER: This pot controls the output level to your power amp.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 165</p><p>Solid State Bass Preamp</p><p>This model features a solid-state bass preamp, EQ, and a solid-state power amp module. It cleans up beautifully</p><p>and drives just as hard.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	GAIN: adjusts the input gain of the preamp stage. Use this setting to drive the preamp stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	BASS: boosts and cuts the bass frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	MIDDLE: boosts and cuts the mid frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	TREBLE: boosts and cuts the high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	PRESENCE: boosts the high frequencies of the EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	SPRING REVERB: sets the level of spring reverb added to the guitar amp sound, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	VOLUME: adjusts the output level of the power amp stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 166</p><p>AmpliTube SVX</p><p>SVX-500</p><p>Based on Ampeg® BA500® Model</p><p>The SVX-500 is a high quality solid-state bass amp, with a sonic fingerprint that will deliver a big and detailed</p><p>sound in any musical situation. Thanks to its powerful preamp sound shaping controls, this amp model will</p><p>be great on all musical genres and styles. Its natural cabinet match is the SVX-500 cabinet, but you can get</p><p>interesting sounds experimenting with all the included cabs options.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	MUTE: is linked with the Amp Module “Peak/Mute” light. Essentially, it mutes the signal at the Amp input.</p><p>•	PAD: reduces the gain of the preamp by 15dB.</p><p>•	PEAK/MUTE LED: this LED turns on when the Mute button is pressed or the preamp is overloaded.</p><p>•	GAIN: controls the gain of the BA-500 preamp from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	BASS: boost and cuts the low frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	ULTRA MID: boost and cuts the mid frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	TREBLE: boost and cuts the high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	MASTER: controls the volume of the DSP power amp stage from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	LIMIT: enables the limiter in the power amp and is linked with the right side yellow light. This limiter acts</p><p>only when the master level is very high and the power amp is pushed at its limit.</p><p>•	EQ ON: turns on the graphic EQ when pressed.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 167</p><p>•	EQ ON LED: turns on when the graphic EQ is enabled.</p><p>•	GRAPHIC EQ SLIDERS: sets the gain for each graphic EQ band from -10 to +10 dB.</p><p>•	POWER SWITCH: turns On or Off the amplifier and it is linked to the Bypass button in the Amp module.</p><p>•	POWER LED: turns on when the Power switch is on “1”.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 168</p><p>SVX-15R</p><p>Based on Ampeg® B15R Portaflex “Flip Top”® Model</p><p>This is the 1960’s classic bass amplifier, enhanced and improved for the actual musical scenario. This all-</p><p>tube model limited production features the Ampeg® “classic” tube preamp combined with a selectable tube</p><p>60W/100W power amplifier. This option gives you the most sought-after vintage bass sound ever. In addition, if</p><p>you want to get that unmistakable 60s tone; match it with the SVX-15R cabinet.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	ULTRA HI/LO: these two switches control the timbre shaping of the B-15R preamp.</p><p>•	GAIN: controls the gain of the B-15R preamp from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	BASS: boost and cuts the low frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	MID: boost and cuts the mid frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	FREQUENCY: selects a frequency band from 1 to 5 positions. Intervention center-frequencies are: 200,</p><p>400, 900, 1.5k or 2.5kHz.</p><p>•	TREBLE: boost and cuts the high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	MASTER: controls the volume of the power amp stage.</p><p>•	 60W / 100W SWITCH: sets the power of the power amp stage. The virtual tubes visually represent the</p><p>master value.</p><p>•	POWER SWITCH: turns On or Off the amplifier and it is linked to the Amp Module Mute button. When ON</p><p>the mute is Off, and the Amp emits sound. When Power is in the lower position the amp is MUTED and the</p><p>Mute switch lights up (on the top frame).</p><p>•	STANDBY: is linked to the Amp Module Bypass button on the top frame. When bypassed the Amp section</p><p>is not affecting the sound.</p><p>•	ON/OFF: sets the mode of the Amp.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 169</p><p>SVX-CL</p><p>Based on Ampeg® SVT CLASSIC® Model</p><p>This is the authentic and classic Ampeg® tube sound. This all-tube bass head delivers a warm, harmonically</p><p>rich and punchy sound that is a trademark for the rock bass sound, both live and in the studio. The SVX-CL is</p><p>the amp that created the rock bass sound. Its natural speaker match is the SVX-810E or the SVX-410H.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	GAIN: controls the gain of the SVT head preamp from 0.0 to 10.0.</p><p>•	ULTRA HI/LO: these two switches control the timbre shaping of the SVT</p><p>•	Classic preamp.</p><p>•	BASS: boost and cuts the low frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	MIDRANGE: boost and cuts middle frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	FREQUENCY: selects the center frequency for the Midrange control from 1 to 5 positions. The numbers</p><p>correspond to the following center frequencies as indicated:</p><p>•	 1=220Hz</p><p>•	 2=450Hz</p><p>•	 3=800Hz</p><p>•	 4=1.6kHz</p><p>•	 5=3kHz</p><p>•	TREBLE: boost and cuts high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	MASTER: controls the volume of the DSP power amp stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	STANDBY/POWER: is linked to the Amp Module Bypass button on the top frame. When bypassed the</p><p>Amp section is not affecting the sound.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 170</p><p>•	POWER SWITCH: turns On or Off the amplifier and it is linked to the Amp Module Mute button. When it’s</p><p>on “1” the mute is Off, and the Amp emits sound.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 171</p><p>SVX-PRO</p><p>Based on Ampeg® SVT-4 PRO® Model</p><p>This is a real all-round high end bass amplifier. It combines a fully featured tube preamp that can really cover any</p><p>sound need with a tight solid state power amplifier. The SVX-PRO sound spectrum is wide and rich. You can get</p><p>from extremely neutral and transparent sounds to powerful unique tones. Experiment with the SVX-PRO settings</p><p>and create your own custom sounds.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	MUTE: cuts the signal at the Amp input and it is linked with the Amp Module “Mute” button.</p><p>•	 -15dB: reduces the gain of the preamp.</p><p>•	GAIN: controls the gain of the STV-4 preamp from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	PEAK LED: when the preamp is nearing its clipping level this led turns on.</p><p>•	COMPRESSION: sets the SVT preamp internal compressor’s compression level from 0 to 10. At 0 there</p><p>will be no compression at all.</p><p>•	ULTRA HI/LO: these two switches control the timbre shaping of the SVT-4 preamp.</p><p>•	BASS: boost and cuts the low frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	MIDRANGE: boost and cuts the mid frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	FREQUENCY: selects the center frequency for the Midrange control from 1 to 5 positions. The numbers</p><p>correspond to the following center frequencies as indicated:</p><p>•	 1=220Hz</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 172</p><p>•	 2=450Hz</p><p>•	 3=800Hz</p><p>•	 4=1.6kHz</p><p>•	 5=3kHz</p><p>•	TREBLE: boost and cuts the high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	LIMIT DEFEAT: disables the limiter of the Power amp section.</p><p>•	LIMIT LED: turns on when the power amp Limiter starts limiting.</p><p>•	BRIGHT: when enabled adds a more lively top end response to the input signal.</p><p>•	MASTER: controls the volume of the power amp stage.</p><p>•	GRAPHIC EQ SLIDERS: sets the gain for each graphic EQ band from -12 to +12dB.</p><p>•	GRAPHIC EQ LEVEL SLIDER: sets the gain for the graphic EQ stage from -12 to +12dB.</p><p>•	POWER LED: turns on when the power switch is in its upper position, and the Amp is ON.</p><p>•	ACTIVE LED: (in the graphic EQ section). Normally, this LED is on. Clicking on it will disable/enable the</p><p>Graphic EQ section and turns Off/On the LED.</p><p>•	POWER SWITCH: linked to the Amp module Bypass button.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 173</p><p>SVX-VR</p><p>Based on Ampeg® SVT-VR® Model</p><p>The SVX-VR is a vintage reissue of an early 1970’s “Blue-Line” SVT head. The preamp stage, power section,</p><p>and even rocker switches emulate the exact signal path, tone, and vibe of the original rock ’n’ roll workhorse.</p><p>This is the exact recreation of the 70’s best rock bass amp ever.</p><p>Global Controls:</p><p>•	CH1 / COMBINE / CH2: Selects Channel 1, Combine mode or Channel 2. Combine mode emulates the</p><p>bridged input configuration. In this mode the controls of both channels affect the sound.</p><p>•	NORMAL / BRIGHT: This switch, when engaged (right side down), enables the bright mode. Bright mode</p><p>enhances the high frequencies of the input signal.</p><p>•	POWER SWITCH: turns On or Off the amplifier and it is linked to the Amp Module Mute button. When ON</p><p>the mute is Off, and the Amp emits sound. When Power is in the lower position the amp is MUTED and the</p><p>Mute switch lights up (on the top frame).</p><p>Controls for Channel I:</p><p>•	ULTRA-HI: this switch, when engaged (right side down), enhances the amount of high frequency output.</p><p>The amount of boost is dependent on the setting of the volume control.</p><p>•	 1•2•3: this switch selects the frequency that will be affected by the midrange knob. The available</p><p>frequencies are 220 Hz (left side of the switch engaged), 800 Hz (switch in the center position), or 3 kHz</p><p>(right side of the switch engaged).</p><p>•	BASS-CUT/OFF/ULTRA-LO: engaging the left side of this switch decreases the low frequency output.</p><p>Engaging the right side of this switch enhances the low frequency output. The switch is inactive in the</p><p>center position.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 174</p><p>•	VOLUME: use this control to adjust the level of the power amp stage.</p><p>•	TREBLE: use this to adjust the high frequency level. This provides up to 12 dB of boost, or 12 dB of cut at</p><p>4 kHz. The high frequency output is flat at the center position.</p><p>•	MIDRANGE: use this to adjust the midrange frequency level. This provides up to 20 dB of boost, or 20 dB</p><p>of cut at the selected frequency. The midrange frequency output is flat at the center position. Rotate the</p><p>control counter-clockwise for a “contoured” sound (more distant, less midrange output) or clockwise for a</p><p>sound which really cuts through.</p><p>•	BASS: use this to adjust the low frequency level. This provides up to 12 dB of boost, or 12 dB of cut at 40</p><p>Hz. The low frequency output is flat at the center position.</p><p>Controls for Channel II:</p><p>•	ULTRA-HI: this switch, when engaged (right side down), enhances the amount of high frequency output.</p><p>The amount of boost is dependent on the setting of the volume control.</p><p>•	ULTRA-LO: this switch, when engaged (right side down), enhances the low frequency output.</p><p>•	VOLUME: use this control to adjust the level of the power amp stage.</p><p>•	TREBLE: use this to adjust the high frequency level. This provides up to 12 dB of boost, or 12 dB of cut at</p><p>4 kHz. The high frequency output is flat at the center position.</p><p>•	BASS: use this to adjust the low frequency level. This provides up to 12 dB of boost, or 12 dB of cut at 40</p><p>Hz. The low frequency output is flat at the center position.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 175</p><p>SVX-4B</p><p>Officially Certified Ampeg® V-4B® Model</p><p>The SVX-4B is an all-tube 100W legend, reissue of the legendary 1971 original, delivering the pure tube vintage</p><p>sound and unmistakable grind that earned this classic a place in bass history.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	ULTRA LO: this switch, when engaged (right side down), enhances the amount of low frequency output by</p><p>2 dB at 40 Hz and -11 dB cut at 500 Hz.</p><p>•	 1•2•3	SWITCH: this switch selects the frequency that will be affected by the midrange control. The available</p><p>frequencies are:</p><p>•	 Left = 220 Hz</p><p>•	Center = 800 Hz</p><p>•	Right = 3 kHz</p><p>•	ULTRA HI: this switch, when engaged (right side down), enhances the amount of high frequency output by</p><p>7 dB at 8 kHz.</p><p>•	GAIN: this control adjusts the basic level of signal in the preamp.</p><p>•	BASS: use this to adjust the low frequency level of the amplifier. This provides up to 13 dB of boost, or 12</p><p>dB of cut at 40 Hz. The low frequency output is flat at the center position.</p><p>•	MIDRANGE: use this to adjust</p><p>the midrange frequency level of the amplifier. This provides up to 11 dB</p><p>of boost, or 21 dB of cut at the selected frequency. The midrange frequency output is flat at the center</p><p>position. Rotate the control counter-clockwise for a “contoured” sound (more distant, less midrange output)</p><p>or clockwise for a sound which really cuts through.</p><p>•	TREBLE: use this to adjust the high frequency level of the amplifier. This provides up to 14 dB of boost, or</p><p>17 dB of cut at 4 kHz. The high frequency output is flat at the center position.</p><p>•	MASTER: controls the volume of the power amp stage.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 176</p><p>•	POWER SWITCH: turns On or Off the amplifier and it is linked to the Amp Module Mute button. When ON</p><p>the mute is Off, and the Amp emits sound. When Power is in the lower position the amp is MUTED and the</p><p>Mute switch lights up (on the top frame).</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 177</p><p>SVX-15N</p><p>Based on Ampeg® HERITAGE B-15N® Model</p><p>The SVX-15N features distinct 1964 and 1966 channels, plus flexible Baxandall EQ and selectable bias modes for</p><p>ultimate tone control. Built to exacting standards, it meticulously recreates the world’s most recorded bass tone.</p><p>Global Controls:</p><p>•	 1964 CH / 1966 CH: Toggles between the 1964 and 1966 channels.</p><p>•	 1964 BIAS / 1966 BIAS: Toggles between 1964 cathode bias or 1966 fixed bias.</p><p>•	ON / OFF: turns On or Off the amplifier and it is linked to the Amp Module Mute button. When ON the</p><p>mute is Off, and the Amp emits sound. When Power is in the lower position the amp is MUTED and the</p><p>Mute switch lights up (on the top frame).</p><p>Controls for 1964 Channel</p><p>•	VOLUME: Use this control to adjust the level of the power amp stage.</p><p>•	TREBLE: Use this to adjust the high frequency level of the amplifier. This provides up to 18 dB of boost or</p><p>cut at 5 kHz. The high frequency output is flattest at the center position.</p><p>•	BASS: Use this to adjust the low frequency level of the amplifier. This provides up to 10 dB of boost or cut</p><p>at 40 Hz. The low frequency output is flattest at the center position.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 178</p><p>Controls for 1966 Channel</p><p>•	VOLUME: Use this control to adjust the level of the power amp stage.</p><p>•	TREBLE: Use this to adjust the high frequency level of the amplifier. This provides up to 18 dB of boost, or</p><p>–30 dB of cut at 5 kHz. The high frequency output is flattest at the center position.</p><p>•	BASS: Use this to adjust the low frequency level of the amplifier. This provides up to 11 dB of boost or cut</p><p>at 40 Hz. The low frequency output is flattest at the center position.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 179</p><p>Brian May</p><p>BM 30</p><p>Based on Brian May’s VOX® AC30™</p><p>Based on the classic triple VOX® AC30™ setup, this model offers 3 amps to match Brian May’s iconic setup.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 180</p><p>BM DK</p><p>Based on the custom “Deacy” Amp with variable battery power</p><p>The Deacy amp, built in the ‘70s by Queen’s bassist, John Deacon, is a small amp that has a long and surprising</p><p>story that led to this one-of-a-kind sound. Brian combines the Deacy’s peculiarities with creativity to get many of</p><p>his sounds from the Queen era including sounds resembling woodwinds and brass sounds.</p><p>This setup represents the Brian characteristic stereo sound, here’s an example of his typical rig:</p><p>Red Special -> Treble Booster -> Deacy</p><p>This amp has no control whatsoever, but we’ve added the Battery level to simulate the slight change in tone that</p><p>occurs when the battery gets older, a sound that Brian favors at times.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 181</p><p>Carvin®</p><p>V3M</p><p>Officially Certified Carvin® V3M™ Head Model</p><p>The 50 watt V3M amp is the musician’s dream, delivering awesome power with incredible tone including lush</p><p>reverb. The V3M is one of the most versatile amplifier. It offers “Pristine Clean” for shimmering highs and deep</p><p>bass. Switch the channel to classic rock with the deepest metal crunch or continuous sustain. Or, switch to</p><p>another channel for rich harmonics infused from the “Soak” control for rich Jazz or country blues. Each channel</p><p>incorporates its own character drive switches - “Bright to Soak” and “Thick” to “Intense” with EQ switches</p><p>expanding the tone.</p><p>Global Controls:</p><p>•	MASTER VOLUME: adjusts the overall output level, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	MASTER REVERB: controls the amount of reverb coming from the internal spring unit, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	CH. : channel selector.</p><p>•	BACK: visualizes the Rear Panel.</p><p>Controls for each of the 3 channels:</p><p>•	DRIVE: adjusts the input gain of the preamp stage. Use this setting to drive the preamp stage, from 0 to</p><p>10.</p><p>•	VOLUME: adjusts the output level of the power amp stage, from 0 to 10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 182</p><p>•	PRESENCE: boost the high frequencies of the EQ stage, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	BASS: boosts and cuts the bass frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	MID: boosts and cuts the mid frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	TREBLE: boosts and cuts the high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	EQX: expands the tone adding mid range frequencies.</p><p>•	 INTENSE / THICK: (Channel 1 - 2) selects three different drive modes, from Thick to Intense.</p><p>•	BRIGHT / SOAK: (Channel 3) selects three different frequency responses, from Soak to Bright.</p><p>Controls for Rear Panel:</p><p>•	POWER MODE: switches the power amp output between 50, 22 and 7 watts.</p><p>•	BOOST SWITCH: enables the power amp stage boost.</p><p>•	BOOST LEVEL: adjusts the power amp boost amount from 0 to 6 dB.</p><p>•	LED ON: turns on the leds behind the grille.</p><p>•	LED RED/BLUE: selects the leds color, Red or Blue.</p><p>•	FRONT: visualizes the front main panel.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 183</p><p>Dimebag Darrell CFH Collection</p><p>Darrell 100</p><p>Based on Randall® RG 100 ES™</p><p>The iconic 120W solid state amp used by Dimebag Darrell to record the legendary album “Cowboys From Hell”.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	REVERB: controls the amount of reverb coming from the internal spring unit from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	PRESENCE: boosts high frequencies above the treble control from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	BASS: boosts and cuts the bass frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	MID: boosts and cuts the mid frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	TREBLE: boosts and cuts the treble frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	PULL: Activates clipping diodes to add compression and increases sustain for channel 2 (distortion channel).</p><p>•	MASTER: adjusts the overall output level of the power amp stage for the currently selected channel, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	GAIN: adjusts the input gain of the preamp stage for the currently selected channel, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	CHANNEL: switches between channel 1 (clean channel) and channel 2 (distortion channel).</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 184</p><p>Jazz Amp 120 CFH</p><p>Based on Roland® JC-120™</p><p>This versatile clean amp, with its built-in analog chorus and vibrato unit, was used for the recording of clean</p><p>parts on the “Cowboys From Hell” album.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	BRIGHT: boosts the brilliance of the preamp, especially when the Volume control is kept low.</p><p>•	VOLUME: sets the overall amp volume from 0 to 10. The amp remains clean up to volume 3 or 4 and starts</p><p>distorting at higher settings.</p><p>•	DISTORTION: turning this knob up from the minimum position activates the distortion circuit. Higher</p><p>settings add increasing amounts of distortion.</p><p>•	REVERB: controls the amount of reverb from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	TREBLE: boosts and cuts the high frequencies of the sound from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	MIDDLE: boosts and cuts the middle frequencies of the sound from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	BASS: boosts and cuts the low frequencies of the sound from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	VIB/OFF/CHORUS: this is a three position switch;</p><p>•	When set to Off, the sound will not be affected by chorus or vibrato.</p><p>•	When set to Vib, vibrato will be turned On.</p><p>•	When set to Chorus, chorus will be turned On.</p><p>Plate Reverb 385</p><p>Room Reverb 386</p><p>Shimmer Reverb 387</p><p>Tap Delay 388</p><p>AmpliTube EQ & Dynamics 390</p><p>Black 76 390</p><p>EQ 81 391</p><p>EQ PG 392</p><p>Graphic EQ 393</p><p>Model 670 394</p><p>Parametric EQ 395</p><p>Parametric EQ 3 396</p><p>Tube Compressor 397</p><p>Vintage EQ-1A 398</p><p>White 2A 399</p><p>AmpliTube Filter 400</p><p>Filter Formant 400</p><p>Filter Phaser 401</p><p>AmpliTube Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Contents 13</p><p>Rezo 402</p><p>Step Filter 404</p><p>AmpliTube Modulation 406</p><p>AM Modulator 406</p><p>Analog Chorus 407</p><p>Auto Pan 408</p><p>Digital Chorus 409</p><p>Digital Flanger 410</p><p>FM Modulator 411</p><p>Rotary Speaker 412</p><p>AmpliTube Pitch 413</p><p>Harmonator 413</p><p>Pitch Shifter 415</p><p>AmpliTube Other 416</p><p>Saturator-X 416</p><p>Step Slicer 417</p><p>Stereo Enhancer 419</p><p>Swell 420</p><p>Tape Cassette 421</p><p>Fender® 422</p><p>Pitch Shift 422</p><p>Sine Flange 423</p><p>Tape Echo 424</p><p>Triangle Chorus 425</p><p>Wah 426</p><p>Compressor 427</p><p>Fender® ‘63 Reverb 428</p><p>Fulltone® 429</p><p>TERC - That 80’s Rack Chorus! 429</p><p>Legal 431</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 14</p><p>Stomp Box Effects</p><p>AmpliTube Delay</p><p>Delay</p><p>This model is based on a traditional digital delay stomp pedal.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	DELAY: changes the length of the delay between each echo, from 1 ms to 2000 ms.</p><p>•	FBK: changes the amount of time that the echo repeats, from 0% to 100%.</p><p>•	LEVEL: sets the level of the effected (or wet) sound, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	BPM SYNC: allows the effect to synchronize to the project tempo.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 15</p><p>EchoMan</p><p>Based on Electro Harmonix® Memory Man™</p><p>A model of a classic bucket-brigade analog echo/delay (with modulation) stomp pedal effect.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	DELAY: changes the length of the delay between each echo, from 25 ms to 500 ms.</p><p>•	FEEDBACK: changes the amount of time that the echo repeats, from 0% to 100%.</p><p>•	BLEND: mixes the amount of dry signal with the effected signal, from 0% (dry) to 100% (effected).</p><p>•	CH/VIB: sets the amount of Chorus/Vibrato effect added to the effected sound, from 0% to 100%.</p><p>•	CHORUS VIBRATO: changes whether chorus or vibrato can be added to the effect.</p><p>•	BPM SYNC: allows the effect to synchronize to the project tempo.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 16</p><p>TapDelay</p><p>This creative delay effect unit can be used to create interesting and unusual delay effects thanks to the 8 totally</p><p>independent taps. You can create grooving rhythm patterns by combining more taps with a specific time</p><p>signature, and you can mix this up with psychedelic reverse tape effects you are able to set for each tap.</p><p>The TapDelay is actually 8 delays in one single unit, and it is possible to set time, timbre, and level for each of</p><p>them. In addition, you can globally control with single knobs parameters for all the 8 taps simultaneously, like</p><p>time, dry/wet mix and feedback amount.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	TIME: globally shifts the delay time of all the 8 taps. This is a relative control, when set at the center</p><p>position (1x) it does not alter the time that has been setup on each Tap, when set to minimum (0.25x) it</p><p>divides all times by four and when set to max (4x) it multiply all times by four. Use it to globally change the</p><p>delay tempo without changing the relations between all taps.</p><p>•	MIX: globally adjust the effect mix between the Dry signal and all the 8 delay taps.</p><p>•	FEEDBACK: globally adjust the amount of feedback the delay will have. When set at maximum, the delay</p><p>will be sustaining itself.</p><p>•	TAP: use these buttons to select which one among the 8 delay taps you’re going to edit with next controls</p><p>•	LEVEL: sets the audio level for the selected delay tap.</p><p>•	TIME: sets the delay time for the selected tap. It can be shown in milliseconds or in musical divisions,</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 17</p><p>depending on the BPM Sync switch position.</p><p>•	FILTER: sets the timbre for the selected delay tap, darker at minimum and brighter at maximum.</p><p>•	REVERSE: enable this button to transform the selected delay tap from normal to reverse. When set to</p><p>reverse a delay tap will sound like a reversed tape loop.</p><p>•	LINK: enable this button to make a changes to the above mentioned parameters to apply to all the 8 taps</p><p>at the same time.</p><p>•	BPM SYNC: allows the effect to synchronize to the project tempo.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 18</p><p>AmpliTube Distortion</p><p>AmpLess</p><p>Based on Tech 21® Sansamp™</p><p>This American piece of gear really changed bass tones for decades. Used by bassists of all genres for its huge</p><p>versatility, it provides vintage tones, bright and modern sounds to cut through mixes, edgy distortions and</p><p>everything in between. Chances are that you saw this stomp in one or more of your favorite bassists’ rigs to</p><p>drive a DI, to go direct into the PA or simply to add grit to the sound.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	BASS & TREBLE: Unlike passive controls that only cut, these active tone controls cut or boost ±12dB from</p><p>unity gain (12 o’clock). This powerful EQ section effectively reduces the need for a fixed frequency mid control</p><p>and enables you to achieve an extensive variety of curves including a “mid-cut” as well as a “mid-boost.”</p><p>•	PRESENCE: brings out the upper harmonic content and attack. For a smoother high end and for clean</p><p>settings, decrease to taste.</p><p>•	BLEND allows you to blend the direct instrument signal with an amplifier emulation circuitry. In most cases,</p><p>you will probably have this set at maximum (100% wet). For certain applications, however, such as an ultra-</p><p>transparent sound or for use with piezo pickup-equipped instruments, you may want to blend-in the direct</p><p>signal to achieve your desired sound. While the amplifier emulation circuitry is bypassed when Blend is at</p><p>minimum, the Bass, Treble and Level controls remain active.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 19</p><p>•	LEVEL: adjusts the output level.</p><p>•	DRIVE: adjusts the overall amount of gain and overdrive, similar to when the output section of a tube amp</p><p>is being pushed.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 20</p><p>BigPig</p><p>Based on Electro Harmonix® Big Muff Pi™</p><p>This effect is modeled after an iconic distortion pedal that has stood the test of time. Capable of tones from</p><p>smooth sustain & compression to heavy buzz-saw distortion, this pedal is perfect for all different styles of metal.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	VOLUME: controls the Distortion pedal output level. It does not alter the timbre of the distortion, unless</p><p>another distorting device follow, like another distortion pedal or an amplifier at high gain or volume.</p><p>•	SUSTAIN: controls the amount of distortion the pedal gives.</p><p>•	TONE: controls the timbre of the distortion pedal</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 21</p><p>Crusher</p><p>This model alters the sound of the input signal by changing the sample-rate, cutoff frequency and by distorting</p><p>it. This effect can produce very aggressive distorted sounds, more noticeable than overdrive stompboxes. The</p><p>Low pass filter is very creative when combined to high distortion levels.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	CUTOFF: controls the cutoff frequency of the low pass filter.</p><p>•	DECIM: selects the sample-rate-ratio of the processed sound, from 1:1 to 1:16.</p><p>•	GAIN: sets the amount of signal sent to the effect, therefore the distortion. Useful when creating heavily</p><p>distorted sounds, from -40 dB to +40 dB.</p><p>•	OUT: controls the output volume, from -40 dB to +40 dB.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 22</p><p>Diode Overdrive</p><p>A model of a classic overdrive stomp effect</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	TONE: adjusts boost or cut of the high frequencies in the stomp effect, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	DIST: sets the amount of distortion applied to the input signal of the effect, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	LEVEL: sets the level of the input for the effect, from 0 to 10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 23</p><p>Distortion</p><p>Based on Boss® DS-1™ Distortion</p><p>This effect is based on one of the most versatile distortion boxes ever made. From subtle crunch to complete</p><p>mayhem, this pedal has been used by</p><p>•	SPEED: sets the speed of the Vibrato effect from 0 to 10. Note that Chorus has no settings.</p><p>•	DEPTH: sets the intensity of the Vibrato effect from 0 to 10. Note that Chorus has no settings.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 185</p><p>Dr. Z Amplification®</p><p>MAZ 18 Jr.</p><p>Officialli Certified Dr. Z Amplification® MAZ 18 Jr.™ Combo Model</p><p>This amp features EL84 output tubes, 12AX7 and 12AT7 preamp tubes, along with a GZ34 rectifier tube, and</p><p>delivers a much bigger sound than its 18W rating would indicate. Our model faithfully recreates the smooth</p><p>top end and tight bass response of the amp’s tone, as well as its awesome 3D reverb. Whether you’re using</p><p>humbuckers or single-coil pickups, the MAZ 18 Jr. will deliver plenty of definition, headroom and signature tone.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	VOLUME: adjusts the input gain of the preamp stage. Use this setting to drive the preamp stage from 0 to</p><p>10.</p><p>•	TREBLE: boosts and cuts the treble frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	MIDDLE: boosts and cuts the mid frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	BASS: boosts and cuts the bass frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	REVERB: sets the level of spring reverb added to the guitar amp sound from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	CUT: adjusts the high frequencies of the EQ stage, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	MASTER: adjusts the output level of the power amp stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 186</p><p>Z Wreck</p><p>Officially Certified Dr. Z Amplification®Z Wreck™ Head Model</p><p>It rocks, it twangs, and it provides incredible touch sensitivity to go along with killer tone. Push the volume past</p><p>12, on this 30W tube head and it will start getting crunchy. Turn the volume up higher and listen to it scream.</p><p>With the amp set for crunch, roll off your guitar volume to get a clean tone without harshness.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	CUT: adjusts the high frequencies of the EQ stage, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	BASS: boosts and cuts the bass frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	TREBLE: boosts and cuts the treble frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	VOLUME: adjusts the input gain of the preamp stage. Use this setting to drive the preamp stage from 0 to</p><p>10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 187</p><p>Engl®</p><p>E650</p><p>Officially Certified ENGL® E650™ Head Model</p><p>This model is based on the Engl E650 amp head which was designed as an evolution of the previous Savage</p><p>technology. The amp design features two switchable channels with selectable HI/LO gain ranges, which share</p><p>EQ settings, additional contour and bright switches to fine tune midrange and high end response. This effectively</p><p>makes it a four channel amp. For this reason the E650 is capable of a vast array of tones, from sparkling cleans</p><p>to bone crunching distortions and lead tones. Many in between and crunch sounds can be found by judiciously</p><p>setting the gain and tone controls. .</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	GAIN LO/HI: selects the gain range for the current channel.</p><p>•	CLEAN/LEAD: toggles between the Clean and Lead channels.</p><p>•	CLEAN: sets the input gain for the Clean channel preamp stage.</p><p>•	LEAD: sets the input gain for the Lead channel preamp stage.</p><p>•	BRIGHT: boosts the high end part of the frequency spectrum, active on Clean channel.</p><p>•	BASS: sets the low end amount for both channels.</p><p>•	MIDDLE: sets the midrange amount for both channels.</p><p>•	TREBLE: sets the high end amount for both channels.</p><p>•	LEAD PRESENCE: sets the high end presence for the Lead channel.</p><p>•	LEAD VOLUME: sets the output level of the Lead channel.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 188</p><p>•	MASTER A LO GAIN: sets the level of the Lo Gain mode for both channels.</p><p>•	MASTER B HI GAIN: sets the level of the HI Gain mode for both channels.</p><p>•	CONTOUR: boosts the low end response of the Lead channel.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 189</p><p>Powerball</p><p>Officially Certified ENGL® Powerball™ Head Model</p><p>The Powerball is based on one of the most powerful modern high-gain amplifiers from the Engl brand. It’s</p><p>highly regarded for its heavy rhythm tones and its many sound-sculpting options. The Powerball has two main</p><p>channels, and then each channel has two different modes. Channel I offers “Clean” and “Crunch,” and Channel</p><p>II has “Low Lead” and “High Lead.” The Powerball has the power and flexibility to create everything from</p><p>modern super high-gain leads to heavy crunch rhythms to crystal-clear clean tones.</p><p>Global Controls:</p><p>•	CH I/II: selects between Channel I and Channel II.</p><p>•	OPEN/FOCUSED: this button lets you select between two different midrange styles. Choose open for a</p><p>looser tone, focused for a tighter mid-range voicing. It affects all channels.</p><p>•	GAIN LO/HI. : when you press this button, the input sensitivity of both Main channels is increased. The</p><p>Hi-Gain function switches from Clean to Crunch in Channel I, and from Lo Lead to Hi Lead in Channel II.</p><p>•	PRESENCE: determines the amount of high-end frequencies and affects all channels, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	D.-PUNCH: determines the amount of low-end frequencies from 1 to 10. Affects all channels.</p><p>•	MASTER: adjusts the global output level from 1 to 10.</p><p>Controls for Channel I (Clean and Crunch mode):</p><p>•	CH I GAIN: adjusts the input gain of the channel I preamp stage from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	BRIGHT: boosts the upper end of the high frequency range.</p><p>•	BOTTOM: boosts the low end of the frequency range.</p><p>•	BASS: boosts and cuts the bass frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 1 to 10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 190</p><p>•	MIDDLE: boosts and cuts the mid frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	TREBLE-CL.: this control boosts and cuts the high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage when “Clean mode”</p><p>is selected. From 1 to 10.</p><p>•	TREBLE-CR.: this control boosts and cuts the high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage when “Crunch</p><p>mode” is selected. From 1 to 10.</p><p>•	CL.-VOLUME: adjusts the level of the Clean mode. The green LED to the right of the knob lights up to</p><p>indicate Clean mode is on.</p><p>•	CR.-VOLUME: adjusts the level of the Crunch mode. The green LED to the right of the knob lights up to</p><p>indicate Crunch mode is on.</p><p>Controls for Channel II (Low Lead and High Lead mode):</p><p>•	CH II GAIN: adjusts the input gain of the channel 2 preamp stage from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	LO LEAD BOTTOM: boosts the low end of the frequency range. (Low Lead mode only)</p><p>•	HI LEAD BOTTOM: boosts the low end of the frequency range. (High Lead mode only)</p><p>•	BASS: boosts and cuts the bass frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 1 to 10. (Low Lead and High</p><p>Lead mode)</p><p>•	MID-OPEN: this control determines the response of a specific mid frequency range when sound style</p><p>“OPEN” is selected. From 1 to 10.</p><p>•	MID-FOCUSED: this control determines the response of a specific mid frequency range when sound style</p><p>“FOCUSED” is selected. From 1 to 10.</p><p>•	TREBLE: boosts and cuts the high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	LO LEAD VOL.: adjusts the level of the Low lead mode. The green LED to the right of the knob lights up to</p><p>indicate Low lead mode is on.</p><p>•	HI LEAD VOL.: adjusts the level of the High Lead mode. The green LED to the right of the knob lights up to</p><p>indicate High lead mode is on.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 191</p><p>Fender®</p><p>’57 Deluxe</p><p>Officially Certified Fender® ’57 Deluxe™ (Inst. Channel) Model</p><p>One of the first amplifiers designed by Leo Fender, and one of the most influential. The Tweed Deluxe provides</p><p>classic compressed overdriven tones when cranked, and rich harmonic clean tones when played at low</p><p>volumes. The Deluxe is a great amplifier for Chicago-style Blues tones, as well as Country and early Rock and</p><p>Roll tones. Today, modern players of all stripes use a Deluxe in the studio to create their own “tone magic.”</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	TONE: shifts the tonal balance from low to high frequencies from 1 (low) to 12 (high).</p><p>•	 INST. VOL.: adjusts the output level of the ’57 Deluxe’s power amp stage from 1 to 12.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 192</p><p>Pro Junior</p><p>Officially Certified Fender® Pro Junior™ (Single Channel) Model</p><p>The Pro Junior, with its single volume and tone controls, is a unique marriage of classic Fender® tone at low</p><p>volumes and angry bite when cranked. This amp is excellent at achieving touch-sensitive overdriven studio</p><p>tones, and players everywhere have discovered the simple joys of plugging in and turning up the volume for</p><p>simple, pure Blues and Rock performance.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	TONE: shifts the tonal balance from low to high frequencies from 1 (low) to 12 (high).</p><p>•	VOLUME: adjusts the output level of the Pro Junior’s power amp stage from 1 to 12.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 193</p><p>’64 Vibroverb Custom</p><p>Officially Certified Fender® ’64 Vibroverb™ Custom (Vibrato Channel, both Stock and Mod modes) Model</p><p>A hand-wired reissue specifically based on Stevie Ray Vaughan’s original Vibroverb, as modified by “Amp</p><p>Doctor” Cesar Diaz. Its Blackface circuit and 15” speaker create a shimmering clean tone that is perfect for Jazz</p><p>or Country. With the available “Mod” mode, the Vibroverb Custom can create the famous Texas Blues tone with</p><p>its touch of preamp tube distortion and punchy mid focus.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	BASS: adjusts the bass frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	TREBLE: adjusts the high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	VOLUME: adjusts the output level of the power amp stage from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	MOD: when engaged, gain is increased, as well as overall brightness. This control also disconnects the</p><p>Vibrato controls from the circuit.</p><p>•	REVERB: controls the amount of Reverb from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	SPEED: controls the speed of the Vibrato effect from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	 INTENSITY: controls the intensity of the Vibrato effect from 1 to 10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 194</p><p>’65 Deluxe Reverb</p><p>Officially Certified Fender® ’65 Deluxe Reverb® Model</p><p>A true classic that delivers classic Country and Rock tones from Nashville to Liverpool. The Deluxe Reverb has</p><p>a bright, punchy attack that is perfect for finger-picking, Garage-Rock... just about anything. The Deluxe Reverb</p><p>is an amp that has been used on countless recordings due to its pure tube tone, great Reverb and Tremolo, and</p><p>amazing versatility.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	Bass: adjusts the bass frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	Treble: adjusts the high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	Volume: adjusts the output level of the power amp stage from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	Reverb: controls the amount of Reverb from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	Speed: controls the speed of the Vibrato effect from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	 Intensity: controls the intensity of the Vibrato effect from 1 to 10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 195</p><p>’65 Twin Reverb</p><p>Officially Certified Fender® ’65 Twin Reverb® (Vibrato Channel) Model</p><p>One of the most distinctive amps of all time. It delivers a shimmering, pure clean tone that is perfect for any style</p><p>of music, yet it will bark when turned up to arena volume. The Twin Reverb® is known as the first popular “built-</p><p>in effects” amp, with world-standard Fender® Reverb and Tremolo. This is also a great amplifier for accentuating</p><p>the character of external stomp boxes, making it an incredibly versatile platform to build on.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	BRIGHT: provides a high-frequency presence boost.</p><p>•	BASS: adjusts the bass frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	MID: adjusts the mid frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	TREBLE: adjusts the high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	VOLUME: adjusts the output level of the power amp from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	REVERB: controls the amount of Reverb from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	SPEED: controls the speed of the Vibrato effect from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	 INTENSITY: controls the intensity of the Vibrato effect from 1 to 10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 196</p><p>Super-Sonic</p><p>Officially Certified Fender® Super-Sonic™ “Burn” Channel Model</p><p>A marriage of classic Fender® tone and modern versatility, perfect for everything from vintage clean tones to</p><p>70’s-style Classic Rock crunch to modern Metal and Punk. Its independent cascading gain stages and custom</p><p>EQ allow guitarists to create a huge variety of both vintage and modern harder-edged distorted tones, all while</p><p>retaining that unmistakable Fender® character.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	GAIN 1: adjusts the input gain of the first set of preamp stages from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	GAIN 2: adjusts the input gain of the second set of preamp stages from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	BASS: adjusts the bass frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	MIDDLE: adjusts the mid frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	TREBLE: adjusts the high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	VOLUME: adjusts the output level of the power amp stage from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	REVERB: controls the amount of Reverb from 1 to 10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 197</p><p>Vibro-King</p><p>Officially Certified Fender® Vibro-King® Custom Model</p><p>This modern Fender® classic provides incredible clean tones, unequalled touch sensitivity, and a thick overdrive</p><p>character that will inspire artistic inspiration for any player. Engaging the FAT switch helps boost it into classic</p><p>Rock distortion. The Vibro-King® also contains Fender®’s unique ’63 Reverb circuit, which means this amplifier</p><p>is a perfect choice for Country, Blues, and Surf players, as well.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	DWELL: controls the amount of the reverb effect from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	MIX: adjusts the amount of Reverb mixed into the output signal from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	TONE: adjusts the tone of the Reverb signal from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	FAT: boosts preamp gain in the mid-frequency range, for classic overdriven tones.</p><p>•	VOLUME: adjusts the loudness of the amplifier from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	BASS: adjusts the bass frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	MIDDLE: adjusts the mid frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	TREBLE: adjusts the high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	SPEED: adjusts the rate of the Vibrato effect from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	 INTENSITY: adjusts the depth of the Vibrato effect from 1 to 10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 198</p><p>’59 Bassman</p><p>Officially Certified Fender® ’59 Bassman® LTD (Bright Channel) Model</p><p>Quite possibly the most famous guitar amp of all time, the tweed Bassman® is considered a must-have for any</p><p>serious tone connoisseur. Originally conceived in the 1950s to amplify the newly invented Fender® Precision</p><p>Bass® guitar, it was quickly adopted by guitarists who found that it was able to provide shimmering clean tones</p><p>and a cranked up “crunch” tone that lent itself perfectly to Rock and Roll. That tone became the basis for the</p><p>famous British “stacks” of the 60s and beyond. Played clean or distorted from Rock to Blues to Country, with or</p><p>without external effects, the ’59 Bassman® is the foundation for a wide variety of great tones.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	PRESENCE: boosts the high frequencies of the EQ stage from 1 to 12.</p><p>•	BASS: adjusts the bass frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 1 to 12.</p><p>•	MIDDLE: adjusts the mid frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 1 to 12.</p><p>•	TREBLE: adjusts the high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 1 to 12.</p><p>•	VOLUME: adjusts the output level of the Bassman®’s power amp stage from 1 to 12.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 199</p><p>Bassman 300</p><p>Officially Certified Fender® Bassman® 300 (Channels 1&2) Model</p><p>The Bassman® 300 PRO produces warm all-tube bass tone and combines it with modern flexibility. Features</p><p>like 10-band graphic EQ, mid-notch switch (great for slap playing), two-band studio-grade compressor, and</p><p>clean and overdrive channels make the Bassman® 300 a great choice for any bass player.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	CH 1 VOLUME: adjusts the loudness of channel 1 from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	CH 2 GAIN: adjusts the channel 2 gain/distortion level from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	CH 2 VOLUME: adjusts the loudness of channel 2 from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	CH 1 / 2 MIX: mixes the channel 1 (clean) and channel 2 (overdrive) output</p><p>levels.</p><p>•	LOW: adjusts the Low frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	HIGH: adjusts the High frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	DEEP: low frequency boost when this button is IN.</p><p>•	BRIGHT: high frequency boost when this button is IN.</p><p>•	MID NOTCH: reduces the mid-frequency tones.</p><p>•	GRAPHIC: activates the graphic equalizer.</p><p>•	GRAPHIC EQ: the 10 band-pass / band-reject filters are spaced at octave intervals. Adjusts selected</p><p>frequencies cut and boost from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	LOW COMP: adjusts the compression ratio below 400Hz. Clockwise rotation increases the amount of</p><p>compression from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	COMP: activates the Compressor(s).</p><p>•	HIGH COMP: adjusts the compression ratio above 400Hz from 1 to 10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 200</p><p>•	COMP EQ BAL: mixes the low and high compressor balance from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	COMP GAIN TRIM: this knob adjusts gain to compensate for any level imbalance when the compression</p><p>circuitry has been engaged from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	MASTER VOLUME: adjusts the overall loudness of the amplifier from 1 to 10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 201</p><p>Champion 600</p><p>Officially Certified Fender® Champion™ 600 Model</p><p>The Champion™ 600 is an updated version of the classic Fender® practice amp, providing slightly more gain</p><p>than the original model. With only a volume control, a clean, simple circuit with just one power tube and low</p><p>wattage, its distinctive reedy tone has been used on countless Classic Rock recordings.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>VOLUME: adjusts the volume of the amp from 1 to 12.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 202</p><p>MH-500 Metalhead</p><p>Officially Certified Fender® MH-500 Metalhead™ (Loose Channel) Model</p><p>Designed from the ground up to provide the perfect amp for modern down-tuned and 7-string guitarists, with a</p><p>searing gain and a punishing low end that is perfect for more aggressive styles of Rock and Metal. Its solid-state</p><p>power amp gives enough headroom for incredible note definition even when distorted, and the preamp has an</p><p>unmatched amount of gain for lead players.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	DRIVE: adjusts the amount of preamp distortion from low to high.</p><p>•	PRESENCE: boosts the high frequencies of the EQ stage from low to high.</p><p>•	BASS: adjusts the bass frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from low to high.</p><p>•	MIDDLE: adjusts the mid frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from low to high.</p><p>•	TREBLE: adjusts the high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from low to high.</p><p>•	MASTER VOLUME: adjusts the output level of the power amp stage from low to high.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 203</p><p>TBP-1</p><p>Officially Certified Fender® TBP-1 Pre-amp (Vintage Tube and Overdrive Channels) Model</p><p>The TBP-1 is a truly professional tube bass preamp designed around Fender®’s passive tone stack (used in</p><p>classic designs such as the Twin Reverb® and Showman®) which delivers creamy tube tone while allowing the</p><p>color of the instrument to shine through. A tube overdrive section adds “bite”, while the Vari-Q™ circuit provides</p><p>modern active tone shaping. Thick, natural and balanced; the TBP-1 is an amazing device for creating great</p><p>bass tone.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	VOLUME: adjusts the loudness of the Vintage Tube Channel.</p><p>•	BASS: adjusts the bass frequencies of the EQ stage from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	DEEP: Extends the Bass EQ range.</p><p>•	MIDDLE: adjusts the mid frequencies of the EQ stage from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	TREBLE: adjusts the high frequencies of the EQ stage from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	BRIGHT: Extends the Treble EQ range.</p><p>•	ON (TUBE OVERDRIVE): switches between the Vintage and Tube Overdrive Channels.</p><p>•	GAIN: adjusts the Tube Overdrive distortion level from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	VOLUME: adjusts the loudness of the Tube Overdrive channel from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	BLEND: adjusts the mix of clean vintage tube tone with overdriven tube tone when the Tube Overdrive is</p><p>enabled.</p><p>•	ON (VARI-Q): enables VariQ™ semi-parametric EQ section.</p><p>•	FREQ: selects the center of frequency range that the Level knob controls.</p><p>•	LEVEL: adjusts the amount of boost or cut (±15dB) at the frequency selected by the Freq control.</p><p>•	ROOM BALANCE: adjusts the Room Balance EQ. At the center position, the effect is neutral. Turned</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 204</p><p>clockwise, highs are emphasized (bright), while deemphasizing lows (deep). Turned clockwise, lows are</p><p>emphasized (deep), while de-emphasizing highs (bright).</p><p>•	MUTE: mutes the amplifier while leaving it turned on.</p><p>•	MASTER VOLUME: adjusts the overall loudness of the amplifier from 1 to 10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 205</p><p>’65 Princeton</p><p>Officially Certified Fender® ’65 Princeton® Reverb Model</p><p>For anybody who craves top – notch tube driven tone, naturally dynamic clean, overdriven tones, and</p><p>unmistakable long Fender spring reverb and tube vibrato, here is the new ’65 Princeton Reverb Vintage Reissue.</p><p>The legendary Princeton Reverb of the 1960s was originally intended for practice purposes, but thanks to its big</p><p>tube tone and the countless guitarists that chose it as a studio amp, the ’65 Princeton Reverb became one of</p><p>the legendary prize collectibles among Fender amps.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	VOLUME: adjusts the volume of the power amp stage. Use this setting to drive the amp from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	TREBLE: boosts and cuts the high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	BASS: boosts and cuts the bass frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	REVERB: sets the level of spring reverb added to the guitar amp sound from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	SPEED: adjusts rate of the vibrato. Use this setting to set the rate of the vibrato from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	 INTENSITY: adjusts the amount of the vibrato. Use this set to amount of vibrato from 1 to 10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 206</p><p>’57 Champ</p><p>Officially Certified Fender® ’57 Champ™ Model</p><p>Out of the late 1950s comes the prized compact tweed amp that is revered for both practice and recording</p><p>because of its low, 5-watt output. With the volume turned all the way up, you can manipulate your tone using</p><p>the guitar’s own controls to go from glassy clean to bluesy overdrive with the amp reacting to the input signal</p><p>just the way you want it to. Small but mighty, the ‘57 Champ is a true classic that belongs in the amp collection</p><p>of every dedicated guitarist.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	VOLUME: adjusts the volume to the power amp stage. Use this setting to drive the amp from 1 to 10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 207</p><p>’57 Custom Champ</p><p>Officially Certified Fender® ’57 Custom Champ® Model</p><p>Probably THE most recorded amp of all time, the Fender Champ provides an amazingly diverse tone palette</p><p>for a small, single knob amp. The ’57 Custom Champ is the perfect companion for those who love dynamic,</p><p>overdriven tones and crisp, classic cleans.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	 1/2 switch: selects between inputs 1 and 2 allowing different tonal characters.</p><p>•	VOLUME: sets the volume of the amplifier; as the control is turned up the amount of power amp saturation</p><p>increases, resulting in more distortion.</p><p>•	ON/OFF switch: bypasses or enables the amplifier.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 208</p><p>’57 Custom Deluxe</p><p>Officially Certified ’57 Custom Deluxe™ Model</p><p>One of the most loved Fender tweeds of all time, the ’57 Custom Deluxe has it all – virtually everything from</p><p>sparkling cleans to major crunch and everything in between. The hand-wired all-tube 5E3 circuit is pure magic at</p><p>all volume levels.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	 INST/MIC switch: selects between the instrument and mic channels, allowing different tonal characters</p><p>and gain levels.</p><p>•	BRIDGE/SINGLE switch: allows you to bridge the two channels with the special jumper cable sitting on</p><p>top of the amp. This can also be achieved by clicking directly on the cable itself. Bridging the channels will</p><p>result in summing the gain stages of the two channels for increased distortion and overall fatter tone.</p><p>•	TONE: regulates the tonal character of the amplifier; counterclockwise position</p><p>is the darkest tone, getting</p><p>brighter as the control is turned up.</p><p>•	 INST. VOL: sets the volume of the amplifier when the Instrument Channel is engaged; as the control is</p><p>turned up the amount of power amp saturation increases, resulting in more distortion.</p><p>•	MIC. VOL: sets the volume of the amplifier when the Microphone Channel is engaged; as the control is</p><p>turned up the amount of power amp saturation increases, resulting in more distortion.</p><p>•	ON/OFF switch: bypasses or enables the amplifier.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 209</p><p>’57 Custom Twin-Amp</p><p>Officially Certified ’57 Custom Twin-Amp™ Model</p><p>The ’57 Custom Twin-Amp is the original “low-powered” 40W tweed beauty known for its sweet, singing tone</p><p>and responsive dynamics. The Tweed Twin delivers a luxurious clean tone that adds some richness, clarity and</p><p>sparkle.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	BRIGHT /NORMAL switch: allows you to select between the Bright or Normal channel.</p><p>•	PRESENCE: controls the overall amount of brightness and presence of the amp’s tone.</p><p>•	BASS: controls the amount of low end of the tone.</p><p>•	TREBLE: controls the amount of high end in amp’s tone.</p><p>•	VOL. BRIGHT: sets the volume of the amplifier when the Bright Channel is engaged; as the control is</p><p>turned up the amount of power amp saturation increases, resulting in more distortion; as in all non master</p><p>volume amplifiers, the amount of distortion is also influenced by the level of the Bass and Treble controls.</p><p>•	VOL. NORMAL: sets the volume of the amplifier when the Normal Channel is engaged; as the control is</p><p>turned up the amount of power amp saturation increases, resulting in more distortion; as in all non master</p><p>volume amplifiers, the amount of distortion is also influenced by the level of the Bass and Treble controls.</p><p>•	ON/OFF switch: bypasses or enables the amplifier.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 210</p><p>’57 Custom Pro-Amp</p><p>Officially Certified ’57 Custom Pro-Amp Model</p><p>The ’57 Custom Pro is based on the original Pro of the 50s, known for its rich harmonic content and it</p><p>possesses a legendary flexible and vintage sound. The creamy overdrive and smooth presence are perfect for all</p><p>vintage tones, and incredible for modern sounds.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	 INST/MIC switch: selects between the instrument and mic channels, allowing different tonal characters</p><p>and levels of gain.</p><p>•	BRIDGE/SINGLE switch: allows you to bridge the two channels with the special jumper cable sitting on</p><p>top of the amp. This can also be achieved by clicking directly on the cable itself. Bridging the channels will</p><p>result in summing the gain stages of the two channels for increased distortion and overall fatter tone.</p><p>•	PRESENCE: controls the overall amount of brightness and presence of the amp’s tone.</p><p>•	BASS: controls the amount of low end of the tone.</p><p>•	TREBLE: controls the amount of high end in amp’s tone.</p><p>•	 INST. VOL: sets the volume of the amplifier when the Bright Channel is engaged; as the control is turned</p><p>up the amount of power amp saturation increases, resulting in more distortion; as in all non master volume</p><p>amplifiers, the amount of distortion is also influenced by the level of the Bass and Treble controls.</p><p>•	MIC. VOL: sets the volume of the amplifier when the Normal Channel is engaged; as the control is turned</p><p>up the amount of power amp saturation increases, resulting in more distortion; as in all non master volume</p><p>amplifiers, the amount of distortion is also influenced by the level of the Bass and Treble controls.</p><p>•	ON/OFF switch: bypasses or enables the amplifier.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 211</p><p>’57 Bandmaster</p><p>Officially Certified ’57 Bandmaster™ Model</p><p>The ’57 Bandmaster provides Vintage blues tone through a 3x10 set-up and hand-wired all tube construction.</p><p>Designed as a “plug straight in and turn it up” amp, the sound is flexible and fills the room with its vibe, giving</p><p>the impression of a 3D surround sound.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	 INSTRUMENT/MIC switch: selects between the instrument and mic channels, allowing different tonal</p><p>characters and levels of gain.</p><p>•	BRIDGE/SINGLE switch: allows you to bridge the two channels with the special jumper cable sitting on</p><p>top of the amp. This can also be achieved by clicking directly on the cable itself. Bridging the channels will</p><p>result in summing the gain stages of the two channels for increased distortion and overall fatter tone.</p><p>•	PRESENCE: controls the overall amount of brightness and presence of the amp’s tone.</p><p>•	BASS: controls the amount of low end of the tone.</p><p>•	TREBLE: controls the amount of high end in amp’s tone.</p><p>•	 INST. VOL: sets the volume of the amplifier when the Bright Channel is engaged; as the control is turned</p><p>up the amount of power amp saturation increases, resulting in more distortion; as in all non master volume</p><p>amplifiers, the amount of distortion is also influenced by the level of the Bass and Treble controls.</p><p>•	MIC. VOL: sets the volume of the amplifier when the Normal Channel is engaged; as the control is turned</p><p>up the amount of power amp saturation increases, resulting in more distortion; as in all non master volume</p><p>amplifiers, the amount of distortion is also influenced by the level of the Bass and Treble controls.</p><p>•	ON/OFF switch: bypasses or enables the amplifier.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 212</p><p>’65 Super Reverb</p><p>Officially Certified ’65 Super Reverb® Model</p><p>The ’65 Super Reverb is another classic collectible workhorse amp that has a special place in tone history and</p><p>in the hearts of players everywhere. With shimmering tone and vintage overdrive, this legendary blackface amp</p><p>is a medium output stage-filling sound machine.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	BRIGHT switch: engages the Bright circuit increasing the overall high end of the amplifier</p><p>•	VOLUME: sets the output volume of the amplifier. As the knob is turned up the output level of the amplifier</p><p>will increase but also become more distorted as the power tubes clip and saturate.</p><p>•	TREBLE: controls the level of the high end; adjust carefully to avoid harsh and unbalanced tone, especially</p><p>if the Bright switch is enabled.</p><p>•	MIDDLE: controls the level of the mids in the amp’s tone, where fully counterclockwise positions will result</p><p>in a more hollow sound, while fully clockwise allows you to achieve more body and thickness.</p><p>•	BASS: sets the low end of the tone, adjust to taste and to suit the tone of the guitar you are using.</p><p>•	REVERB: controls the amount of the spring reverb mixed in with the direct, dry sound of the amplifier.</p><p>•	SPEED: controls the speed of the opto tremolo effect onboard the amp. Low values will result in a slow</p><p>tremolo effect, while higher values will increase the speed for a more pronounced effect.</p><p>•	 INTENSITY: controls the depth of the tremolo effect. Higher values will produce a more pronounced and</p><p>choppy effect on the sound.</p><p>•	ON/OFF switch: bypasses or enables the amplifier.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 213</p><p>’53 Bassman</p><p>Officially Certified ’53 Bassman® Model</p><p>This model is based on an original Fender Bassman 26-watt 1x15” speaker bass amp, the first Fender bass</p><p>amp ever created. It features an “aging” switch that lets you toggle between “new-old stock” or “worn” vintage</p><p>for that well-aged, broken-in sound.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	TONE: controls the tone circuit of the amp, lower values will result in a darker, rounder tone, while higher</p><p>values will allow more high end to pass through.</p><p>•	VOLUME: controls the output level of the amplifier. Turning this control up will also increase the power</p><p>tubes saturation for more distortion as volume gets louder.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 214</p><p>•	ON/OFF switch: bypasses or enables the amplifier.</p><p>•	NEW/WORN OUT switch: switches between the “new old stock” version of the amp for the original sound</p><p>and the “aged components” one which produces a more “lo-fi” sound with earlier breakup and an overall</p><p>dirtier tone. GUI switches accordingly.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 215</p><p>Gallien-Krueger®</p><p>MB 150 S</p><p>Officially Certified Gallien-Krueger® MB150S™ Model</p><p>This is a rendition of “the” bass combo for double bass. The tone doesn’t stop there, though. Electric bassists</p><p>have used this tiny but mighty (and toneful) combo amp with great success. Great things can come in small</p><p>sizes, and can sound surprisingly big and full.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	VOLUME: sets the gain of the preamp stage.</p><p>•	CONTOUR: set it at min for a flat and natural sound, rise it to gradually mix in a midrange scoop that</p><p>makes the tone more big and “processed.”</p><p>•	HI BOOST: delivers a gradual boost on mid and high frequencies.</p><p>•	LOW CUT ON/OFF: when enabled extremely low frequencies are removed by the preamp. This is to avoid</p><p>overloading the amp because of unwanted low frequencies content.</p><p>•	TREBLE: sets the amount of high frequencies on the sound.</p><p>•	HI MIDDLE: sets the amount of mid high frequencies on the sound.</p><p>•	LOW MIDDLE: sets the amount of mid low frequencies on the sound.</p><p>•	BASS: sets the amount of low frequencies on the sound.</p><p>•	OUTPUT LEVEL: sets the volume of the power amp stage.</p><p>•	LIMITER: enables the built-in Limiter. When enabled the power amp is protected from overloading.</p><p>•	LIMITER LEVEL: sets the threshold for the limiter to trigger in. When set lower the limiter will trigger in</p><p>sooner, and when set to higher values the limiter will trigger in at higher levels.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 216</p><p>Jet City Amplification 333®</p><p>JCA20H</p><p>Officially Certified Jet City Amplification 333® JCA20H™ Head Model</p><p>Pure, simple and full of tube tone, JCA20H is a single-channel amp with absolutely no gimmicks or unnecessary</p><p>features that might otherwise dilute the all-tube signal path. With full EQ control and separate Preamp and</p><p>Master volumes, JCA20H can deliver tones from spanky clean through crunchy overdrive.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	PREAMP GAIN: adjusts the input gain of the preamp stage from 1 to 9.</p><p>•	BASS: boosts and cuts the bass frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 1 to 9.</p><p>•	MIDDLE: boosts and cuts the mid frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 1 to 9.</p><p>•	TREBLE: boosts and cuts the high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 1 to 9.</p><p>•	MASTER VOLUME: adjusts the final output level of the power amp stage from 1 to 9.</p><p>•	PRESENCE: boosts high frequencies for both preamp channels from 1 to 9.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 217</p><p>JCA100H</p><p>Officially Certified Jet City Amplification 333® JCA100H™ Head Model</p><p>With two channels of Soldano tone and its pure tube power, this amp was made for the big stage. The Normal</p><p>channel has plenty of headroom to deliver clear, bright clean tones and can also be driven hard enough to get</p><p>downright raunchy. The Overdrive channel is based on the the circuit that made Soldano famous.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	NORMAL-OVERDRIVE: the Bright Switch offers sparkling highs to the Normal channel adding to its</p><p>versatility.</p><p>•	NORMAL PREAMP: adjusts the input gain of the Normal channel preamp stage from 1 to 9.</p><p>•	OVERDRIVE PREAMP: adjusts the input gain of the Overdrive channel preamp stage from 1 to 9.</p><p>•	BASS: boosts and cuts the bass frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 1 to 9.</p><p>•	MIDDLE: boosts and cuts the mid frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 1 to 9.</p><p>•	TREBLE: boosts and cuts the high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 1 to 9.</p><p>•	NORMAL MASTER: adjusts the final output level of the Normal channel to the power amp stage from 1 to</p><p>9.</p><p>•	OVERDRIVE MASTER: adjusts the final output level of the Overdrive channel to the power amp stage from</p><p>1 to 9.</p><p>•	PRESENCE: boosts high frequencies for both preamp channels from 1 to 9.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 218</p><p>Jimi Hendrix</p><p>American Vintage B</p><p>Based on Fender® Bassman®</p><p>The design of this amp influenced many of its successors and was used by Jimi Hendrix in the studio recording</p><p>of “Voodoo Child”.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	GAIN: adjusts the input gain of the preamp stage. Use this setting to drive the preamp stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	BASS: boosts and cuts the bass frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	MIDDLE: boosts and cuts the mid frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	TREBLE: boosts and cuts the high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	PRESENCE: boost the high frequencies of the EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	VOLUME: adjusts the output level of the power amp stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 219</p><p>American Vintage D</p><p>Base on Fender® Dual Showman®</p><p>Jimi Hendrix acquired this 100 watt amp in 1968 and used it in 1968-1969 with the Experience tour, together</p><p>with an assortment of other amps. The amp sported a built-in spring reverb unit..</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	GAIN: adjusts the input gain of the preamp stage. Use this setting to drive the preamp stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	BASS: boosts and cuts the bass frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	MIDDLE: boosts and cuts the mid frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	TREBLE: boosts and cuts the high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	PRESENCE: boost the high frequencies of the EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	SPRING REVERB: sets the level of spring reverb added to the guitar amp sound, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	VOLUME: adjusts the output level of the power amp stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 220</p><p>American Vintage T</p><p>Based on Fender® Twin Reverb®</p><p>This was Jimi Hendrix’s amp of choice during 1965 through 1966. It included a spring reverb.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	GAIN: adjusts the input gain of the preamp stage. Use this setting to drive the preamp stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	BASS: boosts and cuts the bass frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	MIDDLE: boosts and cuts the mid frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	TREBLE: boosts and cuts the high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	PRESENCE: boost the high frequencies of the EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	SPRING REVERB: sets the level of spring reverb added to the guitar amp sound, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	VOLUME: adjusts the output level of the power amp stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 221</p><p>British Lead S100</p><p>Based on Marshall® 1959 JTM100™ Super Lead</p><p>This amp is modeled on the Classic British 100 watt amp Jimi Hendrix is generally associated with. Jimi Hendrix</p><p>often used multiple amp heads (up to 6) looping them together to get more power, a setup that can be recreated</p><p>in AmpliTube 5 because of its dual rig capability.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	GAIN: adjusts the input gain of the preamp stage. Use this setting to drive the preamp stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	BASS: boosts and cuts the bass frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	MIDDLE: boosts and cuts the mid frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	TREBLE: boosts and cuts the high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	PRESENCE: boost the high frequencies of the EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	SPRING REVERB: sets the level of spring reverb added to the guitar amp sound, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	VOLUME: adjusts the output level of the power amp stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 222</p><p>JH 1200</p><p>Based on Sunn® 1200S™</p><p>The JH 1200 is an high-powered tube bass head. Concertgoers at any Hendrix show between 1967 and</p><p>1968 would have seen an entire backline consisting of Sunn amps and cabinets. As with many amps from the</p><p>psychedelic era, the ultra-loud 1200 was popular with both guitarists and bass players.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	VOLUME: adjusts the input gain of the preamp stage. Use this setting to drive the preamp stage, from 0 to</p><p>10.</p><p>•	TREBLE: boosts and cuts the very high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	BASS: boosts and cuts the bass frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	CONTOUR: boosts and cuts the mid and high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	RATE: sets the speed of the tremolo effect, from</p><p>0 to 10.</p><p>•	DEPTH: sets the intensity of the Tremolo, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	REVERB: sets the level of spring reverb added to the guitar amp sound, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	MID BOOST: Boosts the mid frequencies.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 223</p><p>JH Gold</p><p>Based on Marshall® JTM45™</p><p>“The” amp that Jimi Hendrix used almost exclusively from 1968 on. He liked to crank it to full volume and chain</p><p>multiple heads to produce a huge, mind-blowing wall of sound. The new model has been reworked from the</p><p>ground up, using IK’s DSM™ and SCC™ modeling technologies, and includes both the Normal and Treble</p><p>channels, plus fully modeled channel bridging.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	PRESENCE: boosts the high frequencies of the EQ stage, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	BASS: boosts and cuts the bass frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	MIDDLE: boosts and cuts the mid frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	TREBLE: boosts and cuts the high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	HI TREBLE (Loudness 1): adjusts the input gain of the preamp stage. Use this setting to drive the Hi</p><p>Treble Channel, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	NORMAL (Loudness 2): adjusts the input gain of the preamp stage. Use this setting to drive the Normal</p><p>Channel, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	NORMAL - Hi TREBLE SWITCH: switches between Normal and High Treble Channel.</p><p>•	BRIDGE: enables channel bridging. Use the Bridge option to add more drive.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 224</p><p>SilverTwelve</p><p>Based on Silvertone® Twin Twelve 1484™</p><p>A 60W tube head which Hendrix used in the early part of his career. The amp produces a powerful clean sound,</p><p>as well as a gritty distortion that has stood the test of time from the psychedelic era through the Grunge period</p><p>and into today’s modern rock.</p><p>Global Controls:</p><p>•	CH.1 - CH.2 SWITCH: switches between Channel One and Channel Two.</p><p>Controls for Channel One:</p><p>•	VOLUME: adjusts the input gain of the preamp stage. Use this setting to drive the preamp stage, from 0</p><p>to 10.</p><p>•	BASS: boosts and cuts the bass frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	TREBLE: boosts and cuts the high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 0 to 10.</p><p>Controls for Channel Two:</p><p>•	VOLUME: adjusts the input gain of the preamp stage. Use this setting to drive the preamp stage, from 0</p><p>to 10.</p><p>•	BASS: boosts and cuts the bass frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	TREBLE: boosts and cuts the high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	DEPTH REVERB: sets the level of spring reverb added to the guitar amp sound, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	STRENGTH TREMOLO: sets the intensity of the Tremolo, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	SPEED TREMOLO: sets the speed of the tremolo effect, from 0 to 10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 225</p><p>Joe Satriani</p><p>Satch VM</p><p>Based on Marshall® JVM410HJS</p><p>This versatile four-channel amp offers incredible tones possibilities. Customized to Joe’s unique design, this</p><p>amp offers three modes per channel, along with independent noise filters and re-biased presence & resonance</p><p>controls.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	MODE: Switches between Clean, Crunch, OD1 and OD2 channels and each channel between green,</p><p>orange and red mode.</p><p>•	GATE ON: Activates noise gate for the currently selected channel.</p><p>•	GATE: Adjusts the noise gate sensitivity for the currently selected channel.</p><p>•	VOLUME: Adjusts the overall output level of the selected channel, from 0 to 10. This works only for Crunch,</p><p>OD1 and OD2 channels.</p><p>•	BASS: boosts and cuts the bass frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	MIDDLE: boosts and cuts the mid frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	MID SHIFT: Activates mid shift filter for OD1 or OD2 channel.</p><p>•	TREBLE: boosts and cuts the treble frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	GAIN: Adjusts the input gain of the preamp stage for the currently selected channel, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	MASTER TYPE: Switches between Master 1 and 2.</p><p>•	RESONANCE: Boosts the speaker bottom end resonance for the currently selected master from 0 to 10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 226</p><p>•	PRESENCE: Boosts high frequencies above the treble control for the currently selected master from 0 to</p><p>10.</p><p>•	VOLUME: Adjusts the overall output level of the power amp stage for the currently selected master, from 0</p><p>to 10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 227</p><p>SJ50</p><p>Based on the Peavey® 5150</p><p>This legendary amp was originally a signature model for Eddie Van Halen, but its iconic sound became soon the</p><p>staple tone of many hard rock and heavy metal artists, including Joe Satriani himself.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	CHANNEL: Switches between clean and distortion channel.</p><p>•	BRIGHT: Activates bright mode in clean channel.</p><p>•	CRUNCH: Activates crunch mode in clean channel.</p><p>•	PRE GAIN: Adjusts the input gain of the preamp stage for the currently selected channel, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	LOW: Boosts and cuts the bass frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	MID: Boosts and cuts the mid frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	HIGH: Boosts and cuts the treble frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	MASTER: Adjusts the overall output level of the power amp stage for the currently selected channel, from 0</p><p>to 10.</p><p>•	RESONANCE: Boosts the speaker bottom end resonance from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	PRESENCE: Boosts high frequencies above the treble control from 0 to 10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 228</p><p>Boston 100</p><p>Based on the Tom Scholz Rockman® X100</p><p>This early amp sim has long been used in the studio by Joe thanks to its unique take on late 70’s rock sound as</p><p>typified by Boston, with 4 different amp settings and Chorus and Echo effects.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	 INPUT GAIN: Adjusts the input gain of the unit from -8dB to +8dB.</p><p>•	ECHO: Activates echo effect.</p><p>•	CHORUS: Activates chorus effect.</p><p>•	CHANNEL: Switches between 2 different clean, edge and dist channels.</p><p>•	VOL: Switches between 3 different output levels.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 229</p><p>Leslie®</p><p>122</p><p>Officially Certified Leslie® 122 Amp Model</p><p>The classic of classics. Suitable for pop, rock, jazz and blues, when you think of the “Leslie sound,” you are</p><p>most likely thinking of a 122. A vintage unit from the early 70s has been modeled here, and this has a slightly</p><p>warmer sound when compared to the 122A.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	GAIN: controls the amount of signal going to the amp and the level of saturation.</p><p>•	VOLUME: controls the amount of signal going into the Cabinet.</p><p>•	 INPUT HPF: controls the frequency of the high pass filtering of the input signal from OFF to 200Hz.</p><p>•	EQ: a guitar-amp style equalizer with controls for Low, Mid and High frequencies.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 230</p><p>122A</p><p>Officially Certified Leslie® 122A Amp Model</p><p>The Leslie 122A is the modern take on the most famous Leslie model with a balanced input to the amplifier and</p><p>a medium-tall cabinet that provides superb bass response. This has a slightly more open and upfront tone when</p><p>compared to the classic 122.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	GAIN: controls the amount of signal going to the amp and the level of saturation.</p><p>•	VOLUME: controls the amount of signal going into the Cabinet.</p><p>•	 INPUT HPF: controls the frequency of the high pass filtering of the input signal from OFF to 200Hz.</p><p>•	EQ: a guitar-amp style equalizer with controls for Low, Mid and High frequencies.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 231</p><p>147</p><p>Officially Certified Leslie® 147 Amp Model</p><p>The Leslie 147 is another classic Leslie model with a different connector, slightly different power amp, an</p><p>unbalanced input to the amplifier and slightly shorter cabinet. The overall sound is similar to the classic 122 but</p><p>with some noticeably and musically relevant differences. The one we modeled is a vintage unit from the mid</p><p>60s, with no reflectors on the horns, which gives another flavor to the sound and an even more tangible sonic</p><p>difference from the classic 122.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	GAIN: controls the amount</p><p>of signal going to the amp and the level of saturation.</p><p>•	VOLUME: controls the amount of signal going into the Cabinet.</p><p>•	 INPUT HPF: controls the frequency of the high pass filtering of the input signal from OFF to 200Hz.</p><p>•	EQ: a guitar-amp style equalizer with controls for Low, Mid and High frequencies.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 232</p><p>3300w</p><p>Officially Certified Leslie® 3300w Amp Model</p><p>The Leslie 3300w is one of the most powerful models ever, featuring a 300-Watt RMS solid state amplifier with a</p><p>real vacuum tube preamp. Its sound signature is especially suitable for pop, rock, jazz and blues.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	GAIN: controls the amount of signal going to the amp and the level of saturation.</p><p>•	VOLUME: controls the amount of signal going into the Cabinet.</p><p>•	TUBE DRIVE: controls the amount of signal being “warmed up” by the tube section. When at minimum,</p><p>the amp is set to the clean channel. As soon as the knob is turned up, it automatically switches to the drive</p><p>channel.</p><p>•	TUBE MODE: controls the amount of tube saturation from Soft to Hard</p><p>•	EQ: a guitar-amp style equalizer with controls for Low, Mid and High frequencies.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 233</p><p>G37 / Studio12</p><p>Officially Certified Leslie® G37 / Studio12 Amp Model</p><p>Guitarists of all kinds praise the G37 for its unmistakable tonal character. The onboard solid state guitar amplifier</p><p>with its tube preamp section can go from pristine clean to down-and-dirty for a variety of tonal nuances that only</p><p>Leslie speakers can provide through a compact dual-rotor cabinet with a vintage voiced V30 12” speaker suited</p><p>to guitar. The Studio 12, designed as a more portable amp for keyboard players, also uses a tube-driven solid</p><p>state amplifier into a dual rotor design but has a 12” Eminence bass speaker tailored to the wider low frequency</p><p>range of organs. The G37 and Studio 12 amps are the same – only their cabinets are different.</p><p>Clean Channel Controls:</p><p>•	VOLUME: controls the amount of signal going into the Cabinet.</p><p>Overdrive Channel Controls:</p><p>•	GAIN: controls the amount of signal going to the amp and the level of saturation.</p><p>•	VOLUME: controls the amount of signal going into the Cabinet.</p><p>•	CONTOUR: controls the amount of “warmth” created by the tube of the preamp.</p><p>•	EQ: a guitar-amp style equalizer with controls for Low, Mid and High frequencies.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 234</p><p>Marshall® - Slash</p><p>AFD 100</p><p>Officially Certified Slash-Marshall® AFD100 Model</p><p>The most aggressive amp head used by Slash. A dual mode amplifier that revisits the legendary tones of one of</p><p>the most important rock albums of the last three decades: “Appetite for Destruction”.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	 #34 / AFD SWITCH: selects #34 or AFD channel.</p><p>•	PRESENCE: boosts the high frequencies of the EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	BASS: boosts and cuts the bass frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	MID: boosts and cuts the mid frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	TREBLE: boosts and cuts the high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	MASTER: adjusts the overall output level of the power amp stage, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	GAIN: adjusts the input gain of the preamp stage. Use this setting to drive the preamp stage, from 0 to</p><p>10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 235</p><p>JCM Slash</p><p>Officially Certified Slash-Marshall® JCM SLASH 2555SL Model</p><p>The Marshal®l JCM Slash was designed to the specs of Slash’s original 1987 Marshall® Silver Jubilee 2555</p><p>amplifier. It was the first amplifier built by Marshall as a signature model.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	LEAD CH. SWITCH: enables the Lead Channel.</p><p>•	RHYTHM SWITCH: adds more Gain to he preamp stage.</p><p>•	PRESENCE: boosts the high frequencies of the EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	BASS: boosts and cuts the bass frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	MID: boosts and cuts the mid frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	TREBLE: boosts and cuts the high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	OUTPUT MASTER: adjusts the overall output level of the power amp stage, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	LEAD MASTER: adjusts the output level of the Lead Channel, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	GAIN: adjusts the input gain of the preamp stage. Use this setting to drive the preamp stage, from 0 to</p><p>10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 236</p><p>MESA/Boogie®</p><p>Mark III</p><p>Officially Certified MESA/Boogie® Mark III™ Combo Model</p><p>Originally introduced in 1984, the MESA/Boogie Mark III was the first 3-channel “Tri-Modal Amplifier.” It features</p><p>an amazing set of sonic sculpting options plus a three-channel setup: Rhythm, a distinct midrange “Crunch”</p><p>Rhythm and a Lead channel. Each has its own independent gain and master volume controls. Just like on the</p><p>hardware counterpart, it sports a full spread of tone controls plus the vitally important Boogie 5-band Graphic</p><p>EQ section.</p><p>Front Panel Controls:</p><p>•	VOLUME: adjusts the input gain of the preamp stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	PULL-BRIGHT: adds brightness to Rhythm 1 and Rhythm 2 clean sounds. Its effect diminishes as Volume</p><p>1 is turned up and has no effect when the Volume is at 10.</p><p>•	TREBLE: boosts and cuts the high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	PULL-SHIFT: increases the upper-midrange drive in Lead Mode only.</p><p>•	BASS: boosts and cuts the bass frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	PULL-SHIFT: alters bass frequencies to fit guitar pickup type: pulled-out for single coil and pushed-in for</p><p>humbucker pickups.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 237</p><p>•	MIDDLE: boosts and cuts the mid frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	PULL-RHY2: activates the Rhythm 2 circuitry for added chunky crunchy character.</p><p>•	MASTER: adjusts the final output level of the power amp stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	PULL-DEEP: adds fatness and body, mostly for single coil pickups.</p><p>•	LEAD DRIVE: adjusts the input gain of the Lead Channel from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	PULL-LEAD: engages Lead Channel mode.</p><p>•	LEAD MASTER: adjusts the final output level of the lead channel to the power amp stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	PULL-BRIGHT: adds brightness to the Lead Channel. Intended for low volume playing.</p><p>•	EQ ON/OFF: toggles the Graphic EQ on/off.</p><p>•	GRAPHIC EQ: this 5-band graphic EQ allows you to shape your tone. The V shape is a classic setup,</p><p>vastly used on Mark amps.</p><p>•	BACK: access the rear panel for further controls.</p><p>Rear Panel Controls:</p><p>•	PRESENCE: boosts high frequencies from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	REVERB: controls the amount of reverb coming from the internal spring unit from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	CLASS A / SIMUL-CLASS: switches between two different power amp configurations. CLASS A uses only</p><p>two power tubes and provides 15 Watts and a great degree of power tube distortion. SIMUL-CLASS uses</p><p>four power tubes for more power and headroom.</p><p>•	FRONT: go back to the front panel.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 238</p><p>Mark IV</p><p>Officially Certified MESA/Boogie® Mark IV™ Combo Model</p><p>The very definition of Mesa Engineering’s signature high-gain sound, this update of the classic Mark III design</p><p>from 1990 takes that unmistakable Boogie tone and makes it even better and more sonically versatile. Three</p><p>big sounds with individual controls and total conviction define the tonal palette for this powerhouse of a unit. Its</p><p>three channels deliver an incredibly wide sonic palette that stretches from sparkling cleans to ultra high-gain lead</p><p>sounds that are rich with harmonics and sustain.</p><p>Front Panel Controls:</p><p>•	RHY 1 GAIN: adjusts the input gain of the Rhythm 1 channel from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	BRIGHT: this function adds shimmer and sparkle to your sound when activated. Note that the amount of</p><p>added brightness varies with the R1 GAIN setting: more brights at lower settings, less at higher.</p><p>•	RHY 2 GAIN: adjusts the input gain of the Rhythm 2 channel from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	FAT: When pushed in, RHYTHM 2 loses gain in the low mids and the sound reveals more of your guitar’s</p><p>inherent personality.</p><p>•	R1</p><p>TREBLE: boosts and cuts the high frequencies of the Rhythm 1 Channel from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	R1+R2 BASS: boosts and cuts the bass frequencies of the Rhythm 1 and 2 Channels from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	R1+R2 MID: boosts and cuts the mid frequencies of the Rhythm 1 and 2 Channels from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	R2 TREBLE: boosts and cuts the high frequencies of the Rhythm 2 Channel from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	LEAD GAIN: adjusts the input gain of the Rhythm 2 channel from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	FAT: thickens the sound and saturates the signal further. It lowers the frequency of the treble, adding a</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 239</p><p>boost in the lower midrange, adding focus at virtually any setting of the GAIN control.</p><p>•	LEAD TREBLE: boosts and cuts the high frequencies of the Lead Channel from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	LEAD BASS: boosts and cuts the bass frequencies of the Lead Channel from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	LEAD MID: boosts and cuts the mid frequencies of the Lead Channel from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	LEAD DRIVE: works in conjunction with LEAD GAIN to determine the amount of sustain and overdrive.</p><p>•	BRIGHT: adds desirable sizzle, and gain in the highs to the overdrive sound.</p><p>•	R1: engages the rhythm 1 channel.</p><p>•	R2: engages the rhythm 2 channel.</p><p>•	LD: engages the lead channel.</p><p>•	R1 MASTER: adjusts the final output level of the Rhythm 1 channel to the power amp stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	R2 MASTER: adjusts the final output level of the Rhythm 2 channel to the power amp stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	LD MASTER: adjusts the final output level of the Lead channel to the power amp stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	R1 PRESENCE: boosts high frequencies of the rhythm 1 channel from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	R2 PRESENCE: boosts high frequencies of the rhythm 2 channel from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	SHIFT: alters the working frequency range of the presence effect.</p><p>•	LD PRESENCE: boosts high frequencies of the lead channel from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	SHIFT: alters the working frequency range of the presence effect.</p><p>•	EQ: enables the graphic EQ.</p><p>•	GRAPHIC EQ: this 5-band graphic EQ allows you to shape your tone. The V shape is a classic setup</p><p>commonly used on Mark amps.</p><p>•	BACK: access the rear panel for further controls.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 240</p><p>Rear Panel Controls:</p><p>•	REVERB: controls the amount of reverb coming from the internal spring unit from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	TRIODE / PENTODE: this switch reconfigures the circuitry for the two outer-end power tubes. PENTODE</p><p>increases power and punch resulting in a harder clip. TRIODE lowers the power and softens and smooths</p><p>the onset of clipping. This makes it easier to get a rich singing sound full of sustain and harmonics, but</p><p>some headroom is sacrificed for this sweeter response.</p><p>•	CLASS A / SIMUL-CLASS: switches between two different power amp configurations. CLASS A uses only</p><p>two power tubes and provides 15Watts and a great degree of power tube distortion. SIMUL-CLASS uses</p><p>four power tubes for more power and headroom.</p><p>•	HARMONICS / MID GAIN: this switch affects the LEAD mode only. MID GAIN adds gain in the mid-range</p><p>“punch” region and is most noticeable when the LEAD DRIVE control is set very low - at the “threshold of</p><p>distortion”. HARMONICS yields a more balanced harmonic spectrum more suitable for loud high gain lead</p><p>playing.</p><p>•	FRONT: go back to the front panel.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 241</p><p>Dual Rectifier</p><p>Officially Certified MESA/Boogie® Dual Rectifier® Head Model</p><p>Soul, personality and feel: The MESA/Boogie Dual Rectifier is THE standard for modern high-gain heavy guitar</p><p>tone and more. The Recto is an aggressive amplifier designed for aggressive players. It’s one of the most</p><p>recorded amplifiers ever made and its tone can be heard rocking big-venue stages all over the world. Originally</p><p>introduced in 1989, it delivers maximum flexibility of tone and has played a major role in defining the sound of</p><p>grunge, metal and countless other heavy styles. It delivers 3-channel, 8-mode operation and varying levels of</p><p>tube saturation as well as a virtually switchable tube/solid state rectifier section.</p><p>Front Panel Controls:</p><p>CH1 - Green Channel</p><p>•	PRESENCE: boosts high frequencies from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	MASTER: adjusts the final output level of the power amp stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	GAIN: adjusts the input gain of the preamp stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	BASS: boosts and cuts the bass frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	MIDDLE: boosts and cuts the mid frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	TREBLE: boosts and cuts the high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	CLEAN / PUSHED: selects two different flavors: a sweet shimmering clean or a raging crunch machine.</p><p>CH2 CH3 - Orange and Red Channels:</p><p>•	PRESENCE: boosts high frequencies from 0 to 10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 242</p><p>•	MASTER: adjusts the final output level of the power amp stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	GAIN: adjusts the input gain of the preamp stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	BASS: boosts and cuts the bass frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	MIDDLE: boosts and cuts the mid frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	TREBLE: boosts and cuts the high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	RAW / VINTAGE / MODERN: selects three different flavors: the lowest gain RAW mode, the liquid Recto</p><p>voice of the VINTAGE mode and the aggressive menacing power of the MODERN mode.</p><p>•	BACK: access the rear panel for further controls.</p><p>Rear Panel Controls:</p><p>•	BIAS SWITCH: selects between 6L6 and EL34 power tubes.</p><p>•	RECTIFIER: switches between VACUUM TUBES (normal) and SILICONE DIODES (Hi Power) rectifier.</p><p>Diode mode offers punch, attack and headroom. VACUUM TUBES offers a more vintage vibe with</p><p>sweetness and a liquid feel.</p><p>•	POWER: switches between SPONGY or BOLD power modes. SPONGY mode offers a vintage feel with</p><p>less headroom. BOLD mode offers the full power and headroom.</p><p>•	FRONT: go back to the front panel.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 243</p><p>Triple Rectifier</p><p>Officially Certified MESA/Boogie® Triple Rectifier® Head Model</p><p>The MESA/Boogie Triple Rectifier is THE standard for modern high gain heavy guitar tone and more. The MESA/</p><p>Boogie Triple Rectifier is an aggressive amplifier designed for aggressive players — it’s one of the most recorded</p><p>amplifiers ever made and its tone can be heard rocking big-venue stages all over the world. Originally introduced</p><p>in 1989, it delivers maximum flexibility of tone and has played a major role in defining the sound of grunge, metal</p><p>and countless other heavy styles. It delivers 3-channel, 8-mode operation and varying levels of tube saturation</p><p>as well as a virtually switchable tube/solid state rectifier section.</p><p>Front Panel Controls:</p><p>CH1 - Green Channel</p><p>•	PRESENCE: boosts high frequencies for both preamp channels from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	MASTER: adjusts the final output level of the power amp stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	GAIN: adjusts the input gain of the preamp stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	BASS: boosts and cuts the bass frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	MIDDLE: boosts and cuts the mid frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	TREBLE: boosts and cuts the high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	CLEAN / PUSHED: selects two different flavors: a sweet shimmering clean to a raging crunch machine.</p><p>CH2 CH3 - Orange and Red Channels</p><p>•	PRESENCE: boosts high frequencies for both preamp channels from 0 to 10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 244</p><p>•	MASTER: adjusts the final output level of the power amp stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	GAIN: adjusts the input gain of the preamp stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	BASS: boosts and cuts the bass frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	MIDDLE: boosts and cuts the mid frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	TREBLE: boosts and cuts the high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	RAW / VINTAGE / MODERN: selects three different flavors: the lowest gain RAW mode, the liquid Recto</p><p>voice of the VINTAGE mode and the aggressive menacing power of the</p><p>MODERN mode.</p><p>•	BACK: access the rear panel for further controls.</p><p>Rear Panel Controls:</p><p>•	BIAS SWITCH: selects between 6L6 and EL34 power tubes.</p><p>•	RECTIFIER: switches between VACUUM TUBES (normal) and SILICONE DIODES (Hi Power) rectifier.</p><p>Diode mode offers punch, attack and headroom. Instead VACUUM TUBES offers a more vintage vibe with</p><p>sweetness and a liquid feel.</p><p>•	POWER: switches between SPONGY or BOLD power modes. SPONGY mode offers a vintage feel with</p><p>less headroom. BOLD mode offers the full power and headroom.</p><p>•	FRONT: go back to the front panel.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 245</p><p>Transatlantic TA-30</p><p>Officially Certified MESA/Boogie® TransAtlantic® Combo Model</p><p>A decidedly British tribute of an amplifier, the TransAtlantic TA-30 mixes simplicity of operation with</p><p>comprehensive sonic sculpting. It sports two-channel operation with 5 distinct “Mode” voice choices that</p><p>reference not only several classic British circuits but also some American ones as well. Each channel features</p><p>the flexibility of 3 levels of output power, allowing for powerful response and character. Throw in a Gain Boost</p><p>feature and 2 high-gain options (HI 1 and HI 2 in Channel 2), and it’s easy to see why this model covers every</p><p>sound from classic 60s to crushing contemporary and everything in between.</p><p>Global Controls:</p><p>•	CH SW: channel selector.</p><p>Channel 1</p><p>•	NORMAL/TOP BOOST: switches between two modes: NORMAL for shimmering clean sounds and TOP</p><p>BOOST for British clipped rhythm and lead sounds.</p><p>•	VOLUME: adjusts the input gain of the preamp stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	TREBLE: boosts and cuts the high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	BASS: boosts and cuts the bass frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	REVERB: controls the amount of reverb coming from the internal spring unit from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	PULL: switches the CUT/MASTER knob between its two functionalities.</p><p>•	CUT/MASTER: when pushed-in this knob works as a high frequency cut (much like a reverse presence</p><p>control). When pulled out it works as a normal master volume control. Both range from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	 15W/30W/40W: switches between three power tube configurations. 15W and 30W for a CLASS A classic</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 246</p><p>configuration. 40W for more headroom and power.</p><p>Channel 2</p><p>•	TWEED/HI 1/HI 2: Switches between three modes. TWEED for Southern California clean/crunch sounds.</p><p>HI 1 for Brit sounds ranging from vintage crunch to crisp and searing high-gain solo sounds. HI 2 for a</p><p>fatter and rounder version of HI 1 best for single note work.</p><p>•	PULL: engages a gain boost in all three modes.</p><p>•	GAIN/BOOST: adjusts the gain of the preamp stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	TREBLE: boosts and cuts the high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	BASS: boosts and cuts the bass frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	REVERB: controls the amount of reverb coming from the internal spring unit, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	MASTER: adjusts the final output level of the power amp stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	 15W/30W/40W: switches between three power tube configurations. 15W and 30W for a CLASS A classic</p><p>configuration and 40W for more headroom and power.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 247</p><p>Orange®</p><p>OR-120</p><p>Officially Certified Orange® OR120™ Head Model</p><p>An exciting new addition to the line, this model can really turn heads. You’ll hear the vintage hand-wired and</p><p>very original sound of this killer British powerhouse from the first note.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	F.A.C.: 6-position switch that adjusts the midrange EQ.</p><p>•	EQ Hz: boosts and cuts the bass frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	EQ kHz: boosts and cuts the high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	HF. DRIVE: presence control that boosts the high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	GAIN: adjusts the output level of the power amp from 1 to 10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 248</p><p>Tiny Terror</p><p>Officially Certified Orange® Tiny Terror™ Head Model</p><p>The UK-manufactured point-to-point, all hand wired, Tiny Terror Hand Wired Edition offers a step up from the</p><p>already legendary Tiny Terror. A wider frequency response gives this amp more bite and punch. The Orange Tiny</p><p>Terror is a compact classic!</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	VOLUME: adjusts the output level of the power amp stage from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	TONE: emphasizes bass frequencies when turned to the left and high frequencies when turned to right.</p><p>This is amp’s EQ stage.</p><p>•	GAIN: adjusts the input gain of the preamp stage. Use this setting to drive the preamp stage from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	OUTPUT: switches the power amp output between 15W and 7W.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 249</p><p>Rockerverb 50</p><p>Officially Certified Orange® RockerVerb 50 MKII™ Head Model</p><p>Rockerverb is, to say the least, “dirty”, but it is by no means a one trick pony. Start at full gain and and then pull</p><p>back to experience a variety of classic Orange tones. Whether you’re looking for metal, fusion, blues, rock or</p><p>even country, the Rockerverb delivers!</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	REVERB: sets the level of spring reverb added to the guitar amp sound from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	VOLUME: adjusts the output level of the power amp stage from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	TREBLE: boosts and cuts the high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	MIDDLE: boosts and cuts the mid frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	BASS: boosts and cuts the bass frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	GAIN: adjusts the input gain of the preamp stage. Use this setting to drive the preamp stage from 1 to 10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 250</p><p>AD 30</p><p>Officially Certified Orange® AD-30TC™ Combo Model</p><p>With a tight, springy and fast character, the AD 30 has its own original vintage sound. The AD 30 is the best</p><p>candidate to be the new world standard for 30-watt Class A valve amplifiers.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	GAIN: adjusts the input gain of the preamp stage. Use this setting to drive the preamp stage from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	BASS: boosts and cuts the bass frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	MIDDLE: boosts and cuts the mid frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	TREBLE: boosts and cuts the high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	MASTER: adjusts the output level of the power amp stage from 1 to 10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 251</p><p>Thunderverb 200</p><p>Officially Certified Orange® Thunderverb™ 200 Head Model</p><p>This powerful amplifier sports two clean/crunch lead channels, each with three stages of gain. Channel A</p><p>has the same 3-band EQ as the lead channel used on the Rockerverb series. Channel B has a new shape</p><p>control that scoops the mids and increases the bass and treble when turned up. Use this scoop knob to dial</p><p>in everything from vintage rock to modern blues, hard rock to metal. Nothing can match the bone crushing,</p><p>bottom-end punch of this big stage tone head. Even when used quietly, you know you are in command of some</p><p>serious power! The Thunderverb 200 is the new standard for versatility in a guitar amplifier. The Extended Tonal</p><p>Range enables this revolutionary amplifier to also be used as a bass head.</p><p>Global Controls:</p><p>•	ATTENUATOR: attenuates the general output level. This control allows to make use of the power amp</p><p>distortion. Attenuate the general output, then increase the volume to saturate the power amp stage.</p><p>•	REVERB: sets the level of spring reverb added to the guitar amp sound, from 1 to 10.</p><p>Controls for Channel A:</p><p>•	VOLUME: adjusts the output level of the preamp stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	TREBLE: boosts and cuts the high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	MIDDLE: boosts and cuts the mid frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	BASS: boosts and cuts the bass frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	GAIN: adjusts the input gain of the preamp stage. Use this setting to drive the preamp stage, from 1 to</p><p>10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers</p><p>252</p><p>Controls for Channel B:</p><p>•	VOLUME: adjusts the output level of the preamp stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	SHAPE: scoops the mids and increases the bass and high when turned up.</p><p>•	GAIN: adjusts the input gain of the preamp stage. Use this setting to drive the preamp stage, from 1 to</p><p>10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 253</p><p>AD 200</p><p>Officially Certified Orange® AD200B MK 3™ Head Model</p><p>The AD 200 is quite simply one of the purest bass tube amplifiers ever produced. No bells and whistles, just the</p><p>shortest signal path from your guitar to your speaker. Vintage-inspired, but full of modern tones, the AD200B has</p><p>a creamy, dynamic low-end with a focused midrange crunch. Simple to use, this amp has only full EQ, master</p><p>volume, and gain controls.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	VOLUME: adjusts the overall output level of the power amp stage, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	TREBLE: boosts and cuts the high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	MID: boosts and cuts the mid frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	BASS: boosts and cuts the bass frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	GAIN: adjusts the input gain of the preamp stage. Use this setting to drive the preamp stage, from 0 to</p><p>10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 254</p><p>Dual Terror</p><p>Officially Certified Orange® Dual Terror™ Head Model</p><p>Twin channel 30 watt guitar head. Featuring a unique two stage preamp which has a massive tonal range using</p><p>just three controls per channel. The Fat Channel delivers warmer tones whilst the Tiny Terror Channel has the</p><p>sonic character of the original Tiny Terror.</p><p>Global Controls:</p><p>•	FAT/TINY TEERROR: selects the FAT Channel or the TINY TERROR Channel.</p><p>•	OUTPUT: switches the power amp output between 15W (HALF) and 30W (FULL).</p><p>Controls for each of the two channels:</p><p>•	VOLUME: adjusts the output level of the power amp stage from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	TONE: emphasizes bass frequencies when turned to the left and high frequencies when turned to right,</p><p>from 0 to 10. This is amp’s EQ stage.</p><p>•	GAIN: adjusts the input gain of the preamp stage. Use this setting to drive the preamp stage from 1 to 10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 255</p><p>OR 50</p><p>Officially Certified Orange® OR50H™ Head Model</p><p>In 1972 Orange launched an amp which came to define the Orange sound; years later it was dubbed the ‘Pics</p><p>Only’ due the use of pictures and the absence of any text. Although not a reissue, the OR50H owes more than</p><p>a nod to this vintage legend in its cosmetics, tone and even the construction techniques adopted.Featuring a</p><p>traditional	single	channel	with	a	three	stage	gain	section,	the	real	weapon	in	the	OR50′s	arsenal	is	the	HF	Drive</p><p>control. This is two controls in one! As you turn the control clockwise you will hear the power amp presence</p><p>increase whilst adding an extra dimension of power amp gain.This is truly one of the most versatile single</p><p>channel amps ever created.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	HF DRIVE: increase the power amp presence whilst adding an extra dimension of power amp gain, from 0</p><p>to 10.</p><p>•	VOLUME: adjusts the overall output level of the power amp stage, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	TREBLE: boosts and cuts the high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	MID: boosts and cuts the mid frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	BASS: boosts and cuts the bass frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	GAIN: adjusts the input gain of the preamp stage. Use this setting to drive the preamp stage, from 0 to</p><p>10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 256</p><p>Soldano®</p><p>SLO-100</p><p>Officially Certified Soldano® SLO-100™ Head Model</p><p>The Soldano SLO-100 (Super Lead Overdrive) is true icon of high-gain tube distortion tone. The design has</p><p>remained constant for over 20 years, and it is a hallmark of quality and design. It is often regarded as the</p><p>finest guitar amp in the world. With the SLO-100 you have separate preamp and master volume controls</p><p>along with three bands of equalization and a presence control. The SLO-100 uses the finest military grade</p><p>components and custom designed transformers to put the industry’s finest high-gain guitar tone right in your</p><p>hands.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	BRIGHT-NORMAL: the Bright Switch offers sparkling highs to the Normal channel adding to its versatility.</p><p>•	CRUNCH-CLEAN: when set to clean, the gain is cut, providing full, clean, undistorted warmth, which is incredibly</p><p>responsive and alive. When switched to crunch, the Normal channel responds with higher gain and a tough, metal</p><p>edged crunch.</p><p>•	NORMAL PREAMP: adjusts the input gain of the Normal channel preamp stage from 1 to 11.</p><p>•	OVERDRIVE PREAMP: adjusts the input gain of the Overdrive channel preamp stage from 1 to 11.</p><p>•	BASS: boosts and cuts the bass frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 1 to 11.</p><p>•	MIDDLE: boosts and cuts the mid frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 1 to 11.</p><p>•	 TREBLE: boosts and cuts the high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage from 1 to 11.</p><p>•	NORMAL MASTER: adjusts the final output level of the Normal channel to the power amp stage from 1 to 11.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 257</p><p>•	OVERDRIVE MASTER: adjusts the final output level of the Overdrive channel to the power amp stage from 1 to</p><p>11.</p><p>•	PRESENCE: boosts high frequencies for both preamp channels from 1 to 11.</p><p>•	OVERDRIVE-NORMAL: switches between the overdrive and normal channels.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Amplifiers 258</p><p>THD®</p><p>THD Bi-Valve</p><p>Officially Certified THD® BiValve™ Head Model</p><p>This is a model of the THD® BiValve™. This modern boutique amplifier has become very popular on the stage</p><p>and in the studio. Using a single ended class A design, it is capable of wide expanse of tone. From the clean to</p><p>the crunchy to the heavily saturated, the THD BiValve can create all these tones with ease.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	BASS: boosts and cuts the bass frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	TREBLE: boosts and cuts the high frequencies of the amp’s EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	PRESENCE: boost the high frequencies of the EQ stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	SPRING REVERB: sets the level of spring reverb added to the guitar amp sound, from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	VOLUME: adjusts the output level of the power amp stage, from 1 to 10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 259</p><p>Cabinets</p><p>AmpliTube Guitar 10"</p><p>4x10 Open Vintage</p><p>Based on Fender® SuperReverb® 4x10 1967</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 260</p><p>AmpliTube Guitar 1x12"</p><p>1x12 Combo</p><p>Based on Marshall® 1x12 Valvestate™ 12</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 261</p><p>1x12 MB II</p><p>Based on MESA/Boogie® Mark II™ 1x12 EV</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 262</p><p>1x12 MB III</p><p>Based on MESA/Boogie® Mark III™ 1x12 EV</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 263</p><p>1x12 Open Modern</p><p>Based on VHT® Pitbull™ 1x12 Combo</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 264</p><p>1x12 Open Vintage</p><p>Based on Fender® Deluxe® 65 1x12</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 265</p><p>AmpliTube Guitar 2x12"</p><p>2x12 Closed Vintage</p><p>Based on Marshall® 1922 2x12 Greenbacks</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 266</p><p>2x12 Gry British Vint</p><p>Based on Vox® AC30™ 2x12" ‘60s Graybacks</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 267</p><p>2x12 JP Jazz</p><p>Based on Roland® JC-120™ 2x12</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 268</p><p>2x12 Open Vintage</p><p>Based on Vox® AC30™ Top Boost equipped with Jensen® Blue Back 2x12</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 269</p><p>AmpliTube Guitar 4x10”</p><p>4x10 NY410</p><p>Based on Aguilar® DB410</p><p>This 4x10 cabinet can handle dense mixes like a breeze with its ability to cut through big guitar sounds, but still</p><p>maintaining its full-range tone. It’s the perfect match for the New York B750, and together they create a perfect</p><p>bass rig for any situation. It also features an adjustable HF driver.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 270</p><p>AmpliTube Guitar 4x12”</p><p>countless guitarists of all styles.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	LEVEL: controls the Distortion pedal output level. It does not alter the timbre of the distortion, unless</p><p>another distorting device follows, like another distortion pedal or an amplifier at high gain or volume.</p><p>•	DIST: controls the amount of distortion the pedal gives.</p><p>•	TONE: controls the timbre of the distortion pedal.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 24</p><p>Feedback</p><p>Based on Boss® DF-2™ Super feedbacker & Distortion</p><p>This effect, modeled after a hard-to-find vintage unit, includes a built-in oscillator for infinite sustain. Hold notes</p><p>to create amazing synth-like sounds or boost solos for more cutting tone, combined with classic distortion</p><p>timbres.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	LEVEL: controls the Distortion pedal output level. It does not alter the timbre of the distortion, unless</p><p>another distorting device follow, like another distortion pedal or an amplifier at high gain or volume.</p><p>•	TONE: controls the timbre of the distortion pedal.</p><p>•	DIST: controls the amount of distortion the pedal gives.</p><p>•	OVERTONE: controls the octave for the feedback effect.</p><p>•	FBK button: press this button to activate the feedback.</p><p>Notes:</p><p>•	When the stomp is On, clicking on the FBK button will make the led flash.</p><p>•	When using StompIO, feedback will be automatically activated when distortion is On, and the On/Off</p><p>button for this pedal is hold down for 1 second or more.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 25</p><p>Metal Distortion</p><p>Based on Boss® MT-2™ Metal Zone</p><p>This effect is based on one of the favorite pedals of some of the heaviest bands of all time. This unit is perfect</p><p>for extreme gain and sustain. Nothing compares to this pedal for pure distortion mayhem.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	LEVEL: controls the Distortion pedal output level. It does not alter the timbre of the distortion, unless</p><p>another distorting device follows, like another distortion pedal or an amplifier at high gain or volume.</p><p>•	DIST: controls the amount of distortion the pedal gives.</p><p>•	LOW – HIGH: coaxial tone control.</p><p>•	Center knob: controls High frequencies.</p><p>•	External knob: controls Low frequencies.</p><p>•	MID – MIDFREQ: coaxial parametric mid tone control.</p><p>•	Center knob: controls Mids level.</p><p>•	External knob: controls Mids frequency.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 26</p><p>Metal Distortion 2</p><p>Based on Boss® HM-2™ Heavy Metal</p><p>This effect is modeled after a classic from the ‘80s. It delivers deep, distorted crunch perfect for heavy metal and</p><p>hard rock. Long discontinued, this is a rare vintage find that delivers deep, dark crunch from the ‘70s, ‘80s, and</p><p>beyond.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	LEVEL: controls the distortion pedal output level. It does not alter the timbre of the distortion, unless</p><p>another distorting device follows, like another distortion pedal or an amplifier at high gain or volume.</p><p>•	DIST: controls the amount of distortion the pedal gives.</p><p>•	COLOR L: controls the amount of bass tones on the sound.</p><p>•	COLOR H: controls the amount of high tones on the sound.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 27</p><p>Overdrive</p><p>Based on Boss® SD-1™ Super OverDrive</p><p>This effect is based on one of the most collectible pedals. It is one of the most aggressive overdrive pedals ever</p><p>made. From subtle to over-the-top, this effect pushes amps harder without sacrificing clarity and tone.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	LEVEL: controls the Overdrive pedal output level. It does not alter the timbre of the distortion, unless</p><p>another distorting device follows, like another distortion pedal or an amplifier at high gain or volume.</p><p>•	DRIVE: controls the amount of overdrive the pedal gives.</p><p>•	TONE: controls the timbre of the overdrive pedal.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 28</p><p>OverScream</p><p>Based on Ibanez® Tube Screamer® TS-9™</p><p>This is a model of a classic overdrive/distortion pedal which has become the go to overdrive pedal for some of</p><p>the most influential guitar players of all time. Its basic controls make it easy to dial in the exact sound you want.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	DRIVE: increases the amount of clipping in the distortion circuit, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	LEVEL: sets the output level of the pedal, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	TONE: adjusts boost or cut of high frequencies in the stomp effect, from 0 to 10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 29</p><p>PROdrive</p><p>Based on Pro Co RAT™ Distortion</p><p>This effect is modeled after one of the most versatile distortion boxes ever. From smooth, light crunch, to</p><p>extreme shred sustain and over-the-top gain, this pedal has been a classic ever since its release in the early</p><p>‘80s.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	DIST: controls the amount of distortion the pedal gives.</p><p>•	VOLUME: controls the PROdrive pedal output level. It does not alter the timbre of the distortion.</p><p>•	FILTER: controls the timbre of the PROdrive pedal.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 30</p><p>The Ambass’dor</p><p>Based on Marshall® Guv’Nor™</p><p>This pedal is a model of a beloved ‘80s-era distortion pedal by a company known for making amps with</p><p>amazing distortion. This model packs a whole powerful amp into a single stomp box.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	GAIN: sets the amount of distortion generated by the pedal.</p><p>•	BASS: sets the amount of low frequencies in the sound.</p><p>•	MIDDLE: sets the amount of midrange frequencies in the sound.</p><p>•	TREBLE: sets the amount of high frequencies in the sound.</p><p>•	LEVEL: sets the output volume of the distortion pedal.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 31</p><p>VariDiode+</p><p>Based on MXR® Distortion+ with interchangeable diodes</p><p>This modded model is perfect to pump up your sound from light overdrives to dense distortions. Famous for</p><p>its mods, we’ve reproduced three different clipping stages: stock germanium diodes 1N270, the 1n4148 diodes</p><p>and LEDs with the ability to switch between the three in real time.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	GAIN: sets the amount of distortion generated by the pedal.</p><p>•</p><p>•	OUTPUT: controls overall volume of effect.</p><p>•	DIST: controls overall volume of effect.</p><p>•	DIODES: they are the most important factor for the distortion sound signature.</p><p>•	 1n270: these are the original germanium diodes thought for the circuit, they are the fuzzier ones.</p><p>•	 1n4148: silicon diodes offering a tighter sound than the germanium, but also harsher when pushed into</p><p>clipping.</p><p>•	Leds: the third option are leds offering a fatter sound compared to the germanium diodes.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 32</p><p>AmpliTube Dynamics</p><p>Compressor</p><p>This effect is a model of a classic high-end compressor. It is capable of mild compression or intense signal</p><p>slamming, and does it all with a tremendous amount of finesse.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	COMP: sets the amount of compression, from 0 to 100.</p><p>•	LEVEL: changes the output level of the compressor, from -15 dB to +15 dB.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 33</p><p>Dcomp</p><p>Based on MXR® Dynacomp™</p><p>This effect is modeled after a vintage compression stomp pedal.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	OUTPUT: sets the output level for the effect, from –inf to 0.0 dB.</p><p>•	SENSITIVITY: sets the sensitivity of the compression, from 0 to 10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 34</p><p>Noise Gate</p><p>This pedal replicates the noise gate that was embedded in the bottom bar of AmpliTube 4. It’s a simple and easy</p><p>to use Noise Gate to clean up your tones.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	SOURCE: select the type of pickup you are using: single coil or humbucker.</p><p>•</p><p>•	THRESHOLD: This sets the threshold level for the signal. When the signal drops below the set threshold</p><p>level, the noise gate silences the signal. Usually, keep the threshold level at the lowest possible value (fully</p><p>counterclockwise) and set it higher only when you need to activate the gate.</p><p>•	RELEASE: It sets the gate release time. Higher values will result in a gate that takes a longer amount of</p><p>time to close again, when the input signal drops below the threshold.</p><p>•	DEPTH:</p><p>4x12 Brit 30</p><p>Based on Marshall® 1960A Lead Vintage 4x12" Slanted, V30</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 271</p><p>4x12 Brit 8000</p><p>Based on Marshall® 1960 Lead Vintage 4x12" Slanted, G12-80</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 272</p><p>4x12 Brit 9000</p><p>Based on Marshall® 1960A Lead Vintage 4x12" Slanted, T75</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 273</p><p>4x12 Brit Silver</p><p>Based on Marshall® 2551A 4x12" Slanted, T75</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 274</p><p>4x12 Closed Modern</p><p>Based on Marshall® 4x12 ‘80s 1982A</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 275</p><p>4x12 Closed Vintage</p><p>Based on Marshall® 4x12 Angled, ‘70s Greenbacks</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 276</p><p>4x12 HiAmp</p><p>Based on Hiwatt® 4x12</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 277</p><p>4x12 Metal F</p><p>Based on Fender® 4x12 MH™</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 278</p><p>4x12 Metal T</p><p>Based on MESA/Boogie® 4x12" Rectifier®</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 279</p><p>4x12 Metal V</p><p>Based on Peavey® 5150™ 4x12</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 280</p><p>4x12 Modern M</p><p>Based on Marshall® JCM800™ 4x12</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 281</p><p>4x12 Red Pig</p><p>Based on Marshall® Major 4x12" Slanted, T75</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 282</p><p>4x12 Vintage M</p><p>Based on Marshall® 1960 4x12</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 283</p><p>AmpliTube Bass</p><p>4x10+tw Bass</p><p>Based on SWR® Goliath™ 4x10</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 284</p><p>4x10+tw TE Bass</p><p>Based on Trace Elliot® 4x10</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 285</p><p>1x15 Bass Vintage</p><p>Based on Ampeg® B15R™ 1x15</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 286</p><p>1x18 Horn Bass</p><p>Based on Acoustic® 301™ Folded Horn 1x18</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 287</p><p>Custom IR</p><p>The Custom IR cabinet lets you load any Impulse Response into AmpliTube 5 with some powerful tools to shape</p><p>its sound even more.</p><p>To import a new IR into the list just click the + button and select it from your hard drive.</p><p>To delete an IR from the list select it and click the trash icon.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	HPF: this is a High Pass Filter to roll off the low end of your impulse.</p><p>•	TILT: by turning this knob clockwise you remove low frequencies and add high frequencies. Turned</p><p>counterclockwise it removes high frequencies and adds low frequencies.</p><p>•	LPF: this is a Low Pass Filter to roll off the high end of your impulse.</p><p>•	SIZE:</p><p>•	VOL: turns up or down the amplitude of the impulse.</p><p>•	POLARITY: reverses the polarity of the impulse.</p><p>•	DELAY: delays the IR signal from 0 to 25ms.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 288</p><p>AmpliTube SVX</p><p>1x15 SVX-15R</p><p>Based on Ampeg® B-15R Portaflex Flip Top 1x15" Model with adjustable HF driver</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 289</p><p>2x10 SVX-500</p><p>Based on Ampeg® BA-500 2x10" Model with adjustable HF driver</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 290</p><p>2x12 SVX-212</p><p>Based on Ampeg® PB-212H 2x12" Model with adjustable HF driver</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 291</p><p>4x10 SVX-410B</p><p>Based on Ampeg® BXT-410H 4x10" Model with adjustable HF driver</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 292</p><p>4x10 SVX-410S</p><p>Based on Ampeg® SVT-410H 4x10" Model with adjustable HF driver</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 293</p><p>8x10 SVX-810E</p><p>Based on Ampeg® SVT-810E 8x10" Cab Model</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 294</p><p>1x15 SVX-115</p><p>Based on Ampeg® HERITAGE B-15N® 1x15” Cab Model</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 295</p><p>2x12 SVX-212 AV</p><p>Based on Ampeg® SVT-212 AV® 2x12” Cab Model</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 296</p><p>8x10 SVX-810A</p><p>Based on Ampeg® SVT-810 AV 8x10” Cab Model</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 297</p><p>Brian May</p><p>1x6 BM DK</p><p>Based on the cab section of the Deacy</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 298</p><p>2x12 BM 30 Blue</p><p>Based on the cab section of VOX® AC30TM setup equipped with Celestion Alnico Blue speakers.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 299</p><p>2x12 BM 30 H70</p><p>Triple cabinet based on the cab section of VOX® AC30TM equipped with Celestion G12H anniversary speakers.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 300</p><p>Carvin®</p><p>2x12 V3M</p><p>Officially Certified Carvin® 212V 2x12 Cab Model</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 301</p><p>Dimebag Darrell CFH Collection</p><p>2x12 JP Jazz CFH</p><p>Based on Roland® JC-120™ 2x12 Cab Model</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 302</p><p>4x12 Darrell 412</p><p>Based on Randall® 412 JB 4x12 Cab Model</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 303</p><p>Dr. Z Amplification®</p><p>1x12 MAZ 18 Jr.</p><p>Officially Certified Dr. Z Amplification® MAZ 18 Jr.™ 1x12" Cabinet Model</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 304</p><p>2x12 Z Wreck</p><p>Officially Certified Dr. Z Amplification® Z Wreck™ 2x12" Cabinet Model</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 305</p><p>ENGL®</p><p>E 412 PRO XXL</p><p>Officially Certified ENGL® 4x12" XXL PRO Straight E412XXLB Cabinet Model</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 306</p><p>E 412 Standard</p><p>Officially Certified ENGL® 4x12" Standard Slanted E412SSB Cabinet Model</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 307</p><p>Fender®</p><p>1x12 ’57 Deluxe</p><p>Officially Certified ’57 Deluxe™ 1x12" Open Back Cabinet Model equipped with Jensen® P12Q speaker</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 308</p><p>1x10 Pro Junior</p><p>Officially Certified Pro Junior™ 1x10" Open Back Cabinet Model equipped with Eminence® speaker</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 309</p><p>1x15 ’64 Vibroverb Custom</p><p>Officially Certified ’64 Vibroverb™ 1x15" Open Back Cabinet Model equipped with Eminence® speaker</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 310</p><p>1x12 ’65 Deluxe Reverb</p><p>Officially Certified ’65 Deluxe Reverb® 1x12" Open Back Cabinet Model equipped with Jensen® C12k speaker</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 311</p><p>2x12 ’65 Twin Reverb</p><p>Officially Certified 65 Twin Reverb® 2x12" Open Back Cabinet Model equipped with Jensen® C12k speakers</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 312</p><p>1x12 Super-Sonic</p><p>Officially Certified Super-Sonic™ 1x12" Open Back Cab Model equipped with Celestion® Vintage 30 speaker</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 313</p><p>3x10 Vibro-King</p><p>Officially Certified Vibro-King® 3x10" Open Back Cabinet Model equipped with Jensen® P10R speakers</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 314</p><p>4x10 ’59 Bassman</p><p>Officially Certified ’59 Bassman® 4x10 Open Back Cabinet Model equipped with Jensen® P10R speakers</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 315</p><p>8x10 Bass 810 PRO</p><p>Officially Certified 810 Pro 8x10" Front-Ported Cab Model equipped with Eminence® speaker</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 316</p><p>1x6 Champion 600</p><p>Officially Certified Champion™ 600 1x6" Open Back Cab Model with Fender® Spec. Design speaker</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 317</p><p>4x12 MH-412SL</p><p>Officially Certified MH-412SL 4x12" Closed Back Cab Model equipped with Celestion® G12T-100 speakers</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 318</p><p>Vibratone</p><p>Officially Certified Vibratone 1x10" Rotary Speaker Cabinet Model</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 319</p><p>1x10 ’65 Princeton</p><p>Officially Certified Fender® ‘65 Princeton® 1x10" Open Back Cabinet Model</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 320</p><p>1x8 ’57 Champ</p><p>Officially Certified Fender® ’57 Champ 1x8" Open Back Cabinet Model</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 321</p><p>1x8 ’57 Custom Champ</p><p>Officially Certified Fender® ’57 Custom Champ® 1X8" Cabinet Model</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop</p><p>Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 322</p><p>1x12 ’57 Custom Deluxe</p><p>Officially Certified Fender® ’57 Custom Deluxe™ 1x12" Cabinet Model</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 323</p><p>2x12 ’57 Custom Twin-Amp</p><p>Officially Certified Fender® ’57 Custom Twin-Amp™ 2x12" Cabinet Model</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 324</p><p>1x15 ’57 Custom Pro-Amp</p><p>Officially Certified Fender® ’57 Custom Pro-Amp 1x15" Cabinet Model</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 325</p><p>3x10 ’57 Bandmaster</p><p>Officially Certified Fender® ’57 Bandmaster™ 3x10" Cabinet Model</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 326</p><p>4x10 ’65 Super Reverb</p><p>Officially Certified Fender® ’65 Super Reverb® 4x10" Cabinet Model</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 327</p><p>1x15 ’53 Bassman</p><p>Officially Certified Fender® ’53 Bassman® 1x15" Cabinet Model</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 328</p><p>Gallien-Krueger®</p><p>1x12 MB 150 S</p><p>Officially Certified Gallien-Krueger® MB150S™ 1x12 Cabinet Model</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 329</p><p>Jimi Hendrix</p><p>2x12 Open SL</p><p>Based on Sears® Silvertone® 2x12</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 330</p><p>2x12 Open T J120</p><p>Based on Fender® Twin 2x12 equipped with J.B. Lansing® D120F</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 331</p><p>2x15 Closed B J130</p><p>Based on Fender® Bassman® 2 x15", JBL® D130F</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 332</p><p>2x15 Closed D J130</p><p>Based on Fender® Dual Showman® 2x15", JBL® D130F</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 333</p><p>4x12 Closed 25 C</p><p>Based on Marshall® 4x12" equipped with 25W Celestion™</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 334</p><p>4x12 Closed 75 C</p><p>Based on Marshall® 4x12" equipped with 75W Celestion™</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 335</p><p>4x12 Closed J120</p><p>Based on Marshall® 4x12" equipped with J.B.Lansing® D120F</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 336</p><p>Joe Satriani</p><p>4x12 Satch 60</p><p>Based on Marshall® 1960B equipped with 4 x12 G12T-75 Celestion™</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 337</p><p>4x12 Satch Green</p><p>Based on Marshall® 4 x12 equipped with 20W greenbacks Celestion™</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 338</p><p>Boston Cab Sim</p><p>Based on the cabinet emulation section of the Rockman X100.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 339</p><p>Leslie®</p><p>When a Leslie® cabinet is loaded you can access to the deeper settings clicking on the Tech View button</p><p>The tech view is divided in three sections.</p><p>The first section has the setup settings::</p><p>•	MIC SETUP: changing the way you mic the Leslie cabinet affects the perception of the rotation or “doppler</p><p>effect.” You can choose between a 90° mic position, which is the most common, giving a non-symmetric</p><p>perception of the rotation, to the 180° mic position, which is less common, but sometimes preferable when</p><p>a more symmetrical left and right modulation is what is needed. The overall timbre and sonic character also</p><p>changes between the 90° and 180° because of the different microphones position that were used when</p><p>recording the originals. This provides even more versatility.</p><p>•	MIC DISTANCE: sets how far from the cabinet you want the mics to be placed.</p><p>•	SLOW/FAST SPEED: sets the rotation speed of the horn and the drum.</p><p>•	ACCELERATION/DECELERATION: sets the amount of time that is necessary to go from fast rotation to</p><p>slow and vice-versa.</p><p>The second section has a 3-band eq with parametric midrange to let you further shape the sound.</p><p>The third section has the dedicated mixer. Here you have full mix control of the four microphone channels used</p><p>when capturing the Leslie speakers. Each channel has its own level and pan control so that you can set the</p><p>Leslie mix as you prefer. You can, for example, set the drum using just one channel panned centered to have</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 340</p><p>solid monaural low frequencies and use the horn in stereo, or you can get the immediate ’70s sonic flavor by</p><p>using just one mic on the top and one on the bottom panned just a bit apart.</p><p>Note that the controls for Fast, Slow and Brake are always accessible at the bottom left of the 3D Cabinet View.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 341</p><p>122</p><p>Officially Certified Leslie® 122 Cabinet Model</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 342</p><p>122A</p><p>Officially Certified Leslie® 122A Cabinet Model</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 343</p><p>147</p><p>Officially Certified Leslie® 147 Cabinet Model</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 344</p><p>Leslie 3300W</p><p>Officially Certified Leslie® 3300w Cabinet Model</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 345</p><p>G37</p><p>Officially Certified Leslie® G37 Cabinet Model</p><p>This cab differs from the Studio 12 in the lower frequencies as it is equipped with a vintage-voiced V30 12”</p><p>speaker suited to guitar.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 346</p><p>Studio 12</p><p>Officially Certified Leslie® Studio 12 Cabinet Model</p><p>This cab differs from the G37 in the lower frequencies as it is equipped with a 12” Eminence bass speaker</p><p>tailored to the wider low frequency range of organs.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 347</p><p>Marshall® - Slash</p><p>4x12 1960AV SL</p><p>Officially Certified Slash-Marshall® 1960AV Cabinet Model</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 348</p><p>4x12 1960BV SL</p><p>Officially Certified Slash-Marshall® 1960BV Cabinet Model</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 349</p><p>MESA/Boogie®</p><p>1x12 Mark III</p><p>Officially Certified MESA/Boogie® Mark III™ Combo Cabinet Model</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 350</p><p>1x12 Mark IV</p><p>Officially Certified MESA/Boogie® Mark IV™ Combo Cabinet Model</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 351</p><p>2x12 Rectifier Horizontal</p><p>Officially Certified MESA/Boogie® 2x12 Recto® Horizontal Closed Cabinet Model</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 352</p><p>2x12 TransAtlantic TA-30</p><p>Officially Certified MESA/Boogie® TransAtlantic® TA-30 Combo Cabinet Model</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 353</p><p>4x12 Recto Traditional Slant</p><p>Officially Certified MESA/Boogie® 4x12 Recto® Traditional Slant Closed Cabinet Model</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 354</p><p>Orange®</p><p>1x12 PPC 112</p><p>Officially Certified Orange® PPC 112 1x12" Cabinet Model</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 355</p><p>1x12 Tiny Terror</p><p>Officially Certified Orange® 1x12" Tiny Terror™ Combo Cabinet Model</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 356</p><p>1x15 OBC 115</p><p>Officially Certified Orange® OBC 115™ 1x15" Cabinet Model</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 357</p><p>2x12 AD 30</p><p>Officially Certified Orange® AD-30TC™ 2x12" Combo Cabinet Model</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 358</p><p>2x12 PPC 212</p><p>Officially Certified Orange® PPC 212 2x12" Closed Back Cabinet Model</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 359</p><p>2x12 PPC OB</p><p>Officially Certified Orange® PPC 212 2x12" Open Back Cabinet Model</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 360</p><p>4x10 OBC 410</p><p>Officially Certified Orange® OBC 410™ 4x10" Cabinet Model</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 361</p><p>4x12 PPC 412</p><p>Officially Certified Orange® PPC 412 4x12" Cabinet Model</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Cabinets 362</p><p>8x10 OBC 810</p><p>Officially Certified Orange® OBC 810™ 8x10" Cabinet Model</p><p>AmpliTube Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Microphones 363</p><p>Microphones</p><p>Dynamic</p><p>Dynamic 57</p><p>Based on Shure® SM57™</p><p>This mic model is based on one of the most popular small diaphragm dynamic microphones. Its bright, edgy</p><p>sound has made it a widely used guitar amp mic. Typically used in studios paired with a smoother and warmer</p><p>condenser mic.</p><p>AmpliTube Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Microphones 364</p><p>Dynamic 20</p><p>Based on Electro-Voice® RE20™</p><p>This mic model recreates a smooth reaction across a wide spectrum of frequencies, especially attractive in the</p><p>low area. This means that the Dynamic 20 is a great selection for acoustic and electric bass.</p><p>AmpliTube Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Microphones 365</p><p>Vintage Dynamic 20</p><p>Based on AKG® D20™</p><p>This model is a vintage dynamic large diaphragm microphone that used to be the standard mic for bass amps</p><p>and kick drums during the ‘60s. It’s warm and present, and has a smooth roll-off at high frequencies. It has a</p><p>very pleasant mid range presence together with a smooth high frequencies rolloff that delivers a nice vintage</p><p>sheen to the tone.</p><p>AmpliTube Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Microphones 366</p><p>Dynamic 421</p><p>Based on Sennheiser® MD421™</p><p>Probably the second most popular dynamic mic to use on guitar amps, this model provides an equally pleasing</p><p>sound, but is warmer than the 57. It also adds a very focused boost on hi-mid frequencies that makes it suitable</p><p>to get aggressive driven tones.</p><p>AmpliTube Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Microphones 367</p><p>Dynamic 441</p><p>Based on Sennheiser® MD441™</p><p>This model has a flatter frequency response than most other dynamic mics. This mic is highly regarded as a</p><p>guitar mic and used widely in studios all over the world.</p><p>AmpliTube Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Microphones 368</p><p>Dynamic 609</p><p>Based on Sennheiser® MD609™</p><p>This is a model of a faithful and popular microphone used daily in many studios and can be found “hanging</p><p>around” there or on stages everywhere. This dynamic microphone can deliver honest yet punchy sounds. Can</p><p>result in very mid-rangey sounds at times, but this is sometimes what you want, especially when combined with</p><p>a warmer condenser microphone.</p><p>AmpliTube Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Microphones 369</p><p>Condenser</p><p>Bottle 563</p><p>Based on Neumann® CMV-563™</p><p>This model is based on one of the most legendary vintage tube condenser microphones. Its bright frequency</p><p>response and gentle compression make this microphone a mandatory tool in your guitar rig.</p><p>AmpliTube Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Microphones 370</p><p>Condenser 12</p><p>Based on AKG® C12™</p><p>This mic model is based on one of the first legendary tube microphones in the history of recording.</p><p>Extremely detailed high frequencies can sometimes emphasize some speakers’ fizziness especially when</p><p>placed on axis, so it is typically used slightly off.</p><p>AmpliTube Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Microphones 371</p><p>Condenser 67</p><p>Based on Neumann® U67™</p><p>This mic model is based on one of the most famous multi-purpose studio microphones.</p><p>AmpliTube Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Microphones 372</p><p>Condenser 84</p><p>Based on Neumann® KM84™</p><p>No microphone collection would be complete without a great small diaphragm condenser mic. This model is</p><p>based on the standard for small diaphragm mics. As with any good small condenser mic, the 84 provides a</p><p>clean clear picture of the guitar tone.</p><p>AmpliTube Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Microphones 373</p><p>Condenser 87</p><p>Based on Neumann® U-87™</p><p>This is a model of one of the most popular large diaphragm mics ever. It can be found in any large recording</p><p>studio mic locker. Because of its excellent frequency response curve, the 87 has become the go-to mic</p><p>when needing a clean, flattering sound.</p><p>AmpliTube Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Microphones 374</p><p>Condenser 170</p><p>Based on Neumann® TLM 170™</p><p>This is a model of a high-quality large-diaphragm condenser microphone used in famous studios around the</p><p>world. One of the first with transformerless technology, this microphone came into the world boasting a very</p><p>high-quality sound with low noise and a very impressive dynamic range. This microphone will not color the</p><p>sound of the speaker, or at least will color it very little. That’s why it is a great choice to hear a very natural</p><p>rendering of the speaker sound even when used alone.</p><p>AmpliTube Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Microphones 375</p><p>Condenser 414</p><p>Based on AKG® C-414 ULS™</p><p>The Condenser 414 is modeled after another highly regarded large diaphragm condenser microphone. It is a</p><p>flat and clean/open microphone that will flatter big full tones and will also blend beautifully when combined with</p><p>another cabinet/mic setup.</p><p>AmpliTube Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Microphones 376</p><p>MD1-b</p><p>Based on Groove Tubes® MD1b-FET</p><p>This is a modern-sounding large diaphragm condenser microphone based on the Groove Tubes® MD1b-FET.</p><p>With a subtle boost in the highs and a smooth low end, this is an excellent choice for capturing brighter, more</p><p>modern guitar tones.</p><p>AmpliTube Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Microphones 377</p><p>Tube VM</p><p>Based on Brauner® VM1™</p><p>The Tube VM condenser microphone provides an extremely natural, contemporary sound with extreme detail</p><p>and clarity. The Tube VM sound is transparent and open, and this makes it the go-to mic for many artists</p><p>and engineers around the globe.</p><p>AmpliTube Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Microphones 378</p><p>Ribbon</p><p>Ribbon 121</p><p>Based on Royer® R121™</p><p>Use this ribbon microphone to capture a pure, natural sound. This is modeled after one of the must-have studio</p><p>ribbon microphones of our time. Incredibly present mid range with a natural and smooth roll off on the high</p><p>frequencies, makes it ideal when you’re hearing too much “fizz” from the in axis tone on high gain and metal</p><p>tones, switching to this mic will reduce the unwanted high frequencies fizzness in a way that will not reduce</p><p>presence at all.</p><p>AmpliTube Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Microphones 379</p><p>Ribbon 160</p><p>Based on Beyerdynamic® M160™</p><p>This mic is modeled after a double-ribbon hypercardioid microphone, one of the top choices for capturing</p><p>the sound of a broad diversity of sources. Very detailed and with a focus on mid range, try this when you</p><p>want more mid range presence without applying EQ or changing amp settings.</p><p>AmpliTube Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Microphones 380</p><p>Velo-8</p><p>Based on Groove Tubes® VELO-8™</p><p>This is a double-ribbon figure-8 microphone with a unique Neodymium element. With a silky-smooth high end</p><p>and good low end body, a great choice for more vintage-sounding guitar tones, this mic mixes very well with</p><p>other microphones for very full-bodied recordings.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Rack Effects 381</p><p>Rack Effects</p><p>AmpliTube Delay & Reverb</p><p>Digital Delay</p><p>This advanced delay modeled effect can add a variety of depth to the sound, by providing five different delay</p><p>modes. The delay can also be synched to the host tempo providing even more flexibility.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	MODE: sets the output mode of the Delay effect; Stereo, Left/Right, Mono, Left/Center/Right, and Doubler.</p><p>•	DELAY TIME: sets the time between the echoes, from 1 ms to 2000 ms.</p><p>•	BPM SYNC: allows the effect to synchronize to the project tempo and changes the Rate control to beat values.</p><p>•	FEEDBACK: changes the amount of time that the delay repeats, from 0% to 100%.</p><p>•	FILTER: sets the low pass filter for the delay effect, from 200 Hz to 20 kHz. When set to mid values it gives</p><p>a nice warmth to the delay timbre.</p><p>•	MIX: adjusts the amount of wet sound with the dry sound, from 0% to 100%.</p><p>•	OUT LEVEL: sets the output level of the effect, from -15 dB to +15 dB.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Rack Effects 382</p><p>Digital Reverb</p><p>This digital reverb is capable of adding small amount of space to a signal or creating a huge hall around the</p><p>instrument.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	DECAY TIME: sets the length of the reverb, from 0.60 seconds to 14.00 seconds.</p><p>•	DENSITY: sets the number of reflections generated by the reverb, from 0 to 99.</p><p>•	COLOUR: sets the reverb coloration from dark to light, from 2 kHz to 20 kHz.</p><p>•	MIX: adjusts the amount of wet sound with the dry sound, from 0% to 100%.</p><p>•	OUT LEVEL: sets the output level of the effect, from -15 dB to +15 dB.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Rack Effects 383</p><p>Hall Reverb</p><p>This effect is perfect to put your sound into a large hall to generate a</p><p>realisitic long reverb and add natural</p><p>sounding tales to your tone.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Rack Effects 384</p><p>Inverse Reverb</p><p>A reverse reverb applies an envelope (slow attack, fast decay) to the early reflections. The main parameter that</p><p>affects the sound of this reverb is time. Time can be adjusted for the buildup and cut off of the early reflections.</p><p>This affects the sound as if it were being reversed in the reverberation, but in actuality it is simply an envelope</p><p>effect.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Rack Effects 385</p><p>Plate Reverb</p><p>This processor replicates the effect of a reverb generated by a mechanical plate. A staple tool on pop music</p><p>productions since the late fifties.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Rack Effects 386</p><p>Room Reverb</p><p>This effect is perfect to put your sound into a natural sounding room. Perfect to create a 3D feeling and get a</p><p>more realistic tone.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Rack Effects 387</p><p>Shimmer Reverb</p><p>This effect is perfect to create long pitch shifting reverb pads. Great for cinematic sounds to send your tone into</p><p>space.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Rack Effects 388</p><p>Tap Delay</p><p>This creative delay effect unit can be used to create interesting and unusual delay effects thanks to the 8 totally</p><p>independent taps. You can create grooving rhythm patterns by combining more taps with a specific time</p><p>signature, and you can mix this up with psychedelic reverse tape effects you are able to set for each tap.</p><p>The TapDelay is actually 8 delays in one single unit, and it allows you to set time, timbre and level for each one</p><p>of these units. In addition, you can globally control with single knobs parameters for all the 8 taps at the same</p><p>time, like time, dry/wet mix and feedback amount.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	TIME: globally shifts the delay time of all the 8 taps. This is a relative control that works in this way:</p><p>•	When set at the center position (1x) it does not alter the time that has been setup on each tap.</p><p>•	When set to minimum (0.25x) it divides all times by four.</p><p>•	When set to max (4x) it multiply all times by four.</p><p>Use it to globally change the delay tempo without changing the relations between all taps.</p><p>•	MIX: globally adjust the effect mix between the Dry signal and all the 8 delay taps.</p><p>•	FEEDBACK: globally adjust the amount of feedback the delay will have. When set at maximum, the delay</p><p>with be sustaining itself.</p><p>•	TAP: use these buttons to select which one among the 8 delay taps you’re going to edit with next controls.</p><p>•	LEVEL: sets the audio level for the selected delay tap.</p><p>•	TIME: sets the delay time for the selected tap. It can be shown in milliseconds or in musical divisions,</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Rack Effects 389</p><p>depending on the BPM Sync switch position.</p><p>•	TAPS DISPLAY: shows each Tap as a vertical bar. The horizontal position of the bar represent the delay</p><p>time, the height of the bar represent the audio level.</p><p>•	FILTER: sets the timbre for the selected delay tap, darker at minimum and brighter at maximum.</p><p>•	REVERSE: enable this button to transform the selected delay tap from normal to reverse. When set to</p><p>reverse a delay tap will sound like a reversed tape loop.</p><p>•	LINK: enable this button to make a change you do on the above mentioned parameters to apply to all the</p><p>8 taps at the same time.</p><p>•	BPM SYNC: allows the effect to synchronize to the project tempo.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Rack Effects 390</p><p>AmpliTube EQ & Dynamics</p><p>Black 76</p><p>The Black 76 Limiting Amplifier is modeled after what is probably the most used, most known, most wanted,</p><p>and most universally recognized compressor/limiter in the audio industry. There are probably no professionally</p><p>created records without tracks using this unit. This FET-based compressor is a true legend and a piece of history</p><p>with a unique sound largely thanks to its input transformer and class A output stage.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Rack Effects 391</p><p>EQ 81</p><p>The EQ 81 delivers that legendary British warmth and tone with a few twists. The key here is in the versatility</p><p>of the EQ section sporting four independent bands rounded out by high and low pass filters. This effect is</p><p>particularly useful when a more precise intervention on a track is needed, still maintaining tone and organic,</p><p>analog warmth in the signal path.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Rack Effects 392</p><p>EQ PG</p><p>Originally designed as a variation to the standard 3- and 4-band console EQs, it uses an all-discrete signal path</p><p>and proportional Q design with a ten-band graphic approach instead of the semi-parametric 3- and 4-band</p><p>design of other modules.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Rack Effects 393</p><p>Graphic EQ</p><p>IK Multimedia proprietary 31 band Graphic EQ.</p><p>20, 25, 31.5, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100, 125, 160, 200, 250, 315, 400, 500, 630, 800, 1k, 1.25k, 1.6k, 2k, 2.5k, 3.15k,</p><p>4k, 5k, 6.3k, 8k, 10k, 12.5k, 16k, 20k.</p><p>Each band has +/- 15 dB boost, plus Reset button (total reset of all bands at 0 dB), and Level slider (+/- 15 dB).</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Rack Effects 394</p><p>Model 670</p><p>Based on the Fairchild™ 670.</p><p>Many top producers and engineers refer to the Fairchild™ 670 as the “Holy Grail of compressors” because it</p><p>imparts a sound that adds something special to any kind of track, and our emulation captures that same sonic</p><p>magic.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Rack Effects 395</p><p>Parametric EQ</p><p>An equalizer with separate bands where you can dial in not only the frequency to boost or cut, but also the</p><p>width of the bell shape.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Rack Effects 396</p><p>Parametric EQ 3</p><p>With its three totally independent EQs, this parametric EQ provides enough power to sculpt the perfect guitar</p><p>tone or surgically enhance and alter any signal sent through it.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Rack Effects 397</p><p>Tube Compressor</p><p>This compressor was modeled after a classic tube compressor. It is a very versatile, smooth compressor, and</p><p>can add great color to the signal.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	DRIVE: controls the amount of signal that is input into the effect, setting the compression level.</p><p>•	ATTACK: controls the amount of time that the compressor takes to react to the audio signal.</p><p>•	RELEASE: controls the amount of time that the compressor takes to return to normal gain after some</p><p>compression has occurred.</p><p>•	RATIO: controls the strength of the compression. Higher values will result in a more evident effect.</p><p>•	OUT LEVEL: sets the output level of the effect, from -15 dB to +15 dB.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Rack Effects 398</p><p>Vintage EQ-1A</p><p>Based on the Pultec® EQP-1A</p><p>In virtually every major studio, you’re likely to see a distinctive blue unit with big black knobs — the Pultec®</p><p>EQP-1A program EQ. The Vintage Tube Program Equalizer is based on it. Our painstakingly produced model</p><p>gives all the functionality of the original unit and uncannily accurate sonic reproduction.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Rack Effects 399</p><p>White 2A</p><p>The White 2A Leveling Amplifier is based on a legendary vintage unit that is entirely tube-based. It’s a totally</p><p>different device in terms of construction, where all the compression magic happens inside an optically coupled</p><p>element formed by a fluorescent panel and some photocells: the famed T4A element. There is no electronic</p><p>circuitry involved with the compression itself. It’s just a tube amp with photo-resistors, lighted by a fluorescent</p><p>panel driven by the output signal. At the time of this invention, there were not many ways of making an audio</p><p>compressor: only variable-mu and optical. Optical was the simplest one, and if proper elements for both the light</p><p>emitting panel and the photocells were matched, magic happened.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Rack Effects 400</p><p>AmpliTube Filter</p><p>Filter Formant</p><p>This</p><p>effect generates the resonances of the human vocal tract for vocal-like timbres.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Rack Effects 401</p><p>Filter Phaser</p><p>This effect is a variable all-pass filter in the style of classic phase shifter stomp boxes and rack units.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Rack Effects 402</p><p>Rezo</p><p>This rack model is a unique effect that can add synth-like drones and sustaining resonances to your parts. Make</p><p>your guitar sound like a sitar or like a synth-drone to create sonic resonances to sing on and control the notes</p><p>with your controller to create arpeggios and steps while playing.</p><p>You have 4 resonating voices that can be tuned independently from note E0 to note B7, in half tone steps. For</p><p>example, if you want to create a resonating C Major chord, just set the first three voices to C3, E3 and G3.</p><p>By moving the All slider you can shift the recently created Chord without changing the intervals between the</p><p>voices.</p><p>You can set the desired voice note by note number of by frequency in Hz.</p><p>•	 1-4 SLIDERS: sets the pitch for each resonating voice.</p><p>•	 1-4 VALUE DISPLAY: displays which note each voice is tuned on.</p><p>•	NOTE/FREQUENCY SWITCH: turn on this switch to have the tuning of each voice displayed as a note.</p><p>Turn this off to have the tuning of each voice to be displayed as frequency in Hz.</p><p>•	ALL: shifts all resonating notes by the same amount keeping relative intervals between voices identical.</p><p>•	RES: sets the amount of resonance for each voice, from min to max. When set to max the note will sustain</p><p>by itself, when set to min the voice will not be resonating.</p><p>•	SCALE: the Rezonator is setup by default to span over a chromatic scale when you set the resonating</p><p>voices, meaning that all half tones are possible. If you want to set another scale and want to remove notes</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Rack Effects 403</p><p>from the chromatic scale just open this menu and leave on only the notes you need.</p><p>•	FILTER: determines the brightness of the resonating voices, from dark (lower positions) to bright (upper</p><p>positions).</p><p>•	MIX: sets the amount of resonating notes you want to hear. When the control is at min you’ll only hear the</p><p>original sound, when fully up you’ll only hear the effected sound.</p><p>•	OUT: the resonating notes can become very loud use this control to adjust the overall output level of the</p><p>Rezonator.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Rack Effects 404</p><p>Step Filter</p><p>This is a powerful and deep beat sync filter effect. You will be able to apply Low/High and Band pass analog</p><p>modeled filtering on freely customizable patterns to add groove and rhythmic pulsing to your parts. This will</p><p>make your guitars and bass parts to sound like a rhythmic synth, if you want it.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	CUTOFF: sets the center cutoff frequency of the filter. This is the cutoff frequency the filter will have when</p><p>the steps are set to half position.</p><p>•	STEP BAR: click on the Steps to set each step level. You can also draw a curve while holding the mouse</p><p>while dragging over multiple steps.</p><p>•	RES: sets the center resonance of the filter. This is the resonance amount the filter will have when the steps</p><p>are set to half position.</p><p>•	DEPTH: sets how deep the filter is modulated by the steps.</p><p>•	HP/BP/LP: sets which kind of filter will be used: HP: high pass, BP: band pass, LP: low pass</p><p>•	 12/24: sets the steepness of the filter, 12 dB/oct will be softer, 24 dB/oct will be steeper.</p><p>•	DEST: sets what is modulated by the steps between filter Cutoff and/or filter Resonance. At full minimum</p><p>position only Cutoff frequency is modulated, at max position only Resonance is modulated.</p><p>•	DIVISION: sets what time interval each step represent.</p><p>•	STEPS: sets the number of steps the cycle will consist of.</p><p>•	MODE: When set to Free the cycle will be continuous and will always cover all the steps that are specified</p><p>in the Steps parameter. When set to Strike the cycle will re-start each time a chord or a note is played.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Rack Effects 405</p><p>•	SWING: increase this control to give to the steps a swing type quantization.</p><p>•	BPM SYNC: allows the effect to synchronize to the project tempo.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Rack Effects 406</p><p>AmpliTube Modulation</p><p>AM Modulator</p><p>This effect is designed to produce a tonal character totally different from the original when applied to a complex</p><p>sound by using the carrier frequency to modulate the volume of the sound.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Rack Effects 407</p><p>Analog Chorus</p><p>This classic analog stereo chorus model adds depth and space to the input signal. It can also be used as a</p><p>vibrato effect.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	CHORUS/VIBRATO: enables Vibrato or Chorus modes. Chorus mode is enabled when the corresponding</p><p>LED is illuminated.</p><p>•	CHORUS: sets the intensity (or depth) of the Chorus effect, from 0 to 99.</p><p>•	VIB RATE: sets the rate of the Vibrato effect, from 0.02 Hz to 8 Hz.</p><p>•	VIB DEPTH: sets the intensity of the Vibrato effect, from 0 to 99.</p><p>•	STEREO/MONO: changes the rack effect from a stereo to a mono effect. Stereo is enabled when the</p><p>corresponding LED is illuminated.</p><p>•	OUT LEVEL: sets the output level of the effect, from -15 dB to +15 dB.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Rack Effects 408</p><p>Auto Pan</p><p>Auto Pan automatically moves the stereo location of the sound.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Rack Effects 409</p><p>Digital Chorus</p><p>This modeled digital chorus effect creates a clear articulate chorus effect. Like the analog chorus, this effect</p><p>adds depth and space to the input signal, but adds a different color to the overall signal.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	WAVEFORM: selects the shape of the chorus effect, sine, triangle, or square wave.</p><p>•	RATE: sets the rate of the chorus effect, from 0.1 Hz to 8 Hz.</p><p>•	BPM SYNC: allows the effect to synchronize to the project tempo and changes the Rate control to beat</p><p>values.</p><p>•	DEPTH: sets the intensity of the chorus, from 0 to 100.</p><p>•	STEREO/MONO: changes the rack effect from a stereo to a mono effect. Stereo is enabled when the</p><p>corresponding LED is illuminated.</p><p>•	MIX: adjusts the amount of wet sound with the dry sound, from 0% to 100%.</p><p>•	OUT LEVEL: sets the output level of the effect, from -15 dB to +15 dB.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Rack Effects 410</p><p>Digital Flanger</p><p>This model of a digital flanger can create a metallic modulated sound.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	WAVEFORM: selects the shape of the flanger effect, sine, triangle, or square wave.</p><p>•	RATE: sets the rate of the Flanger effect, from 0.1 Hz to 8 Hz.</p><p>•	BPM SYNC: allows the effect to synchronize to the project tempo and changes the Rate control to beat</p><p>values.</p><p>•	DEPTH: sets the intensity of the Flanger, from 0 to 100.</p><p>•	FEEDBACK: sets the nominal amount of signal that is returned to the input after processing effect, from 0</p><p>to 10.</p><p>•	STEREO/MONO: changes the rack effect from a stereo to a mono effect. Stereo is enabled when the</p><p>corresponding LED is illuminated.</p><p>•	MIX: adjusts the amount of effected sound with the un-effected sound, from 0% to 100%.</p><p>•	OUT LEVEL: sets the output level of the effect, from -15 dB to +15 dB.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Rack Effects 411</p><p>FM Modulator</p><p>This effect is designed to produce a tonal character totally different from the original when applied to a complex</p><p>sound by using the carrier frequency to modulate the pitch of the sound. It can replicate the sounds of some</p><p>synthesis systems like FM or ring modulation.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Rack Effects 412</p><p>Rotary Speaker</p><p>This effect is a model of a rotary speaker cabinet. Rotary speaker cabinets create a lush vibrato/chorus effect</p><p>and add a tremendous amount of depth to the sound.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	SPEED: sets the speed of the rotary speaker effect, from .50 Hz to 7.80 Hz.</p><p>•	DRIVE: sets the amount of overdrive in the rotary speaker effect, from 0% to 100%.</p><p>•	BALANCE: changes the balance</p><p>of high and low rotors in the signal, from 0 to 100.</p><p>•	MIX: adjusts the amount of wet sound with the dry sound, from 0% to 100%.</p><p>•	OUT LEVEL: sets the output level of the effect, from -15 dB to +15 dB.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Rack Effects 413</p><p>AmpliTube Pitch</p><p>Harmonator</p><p>The Harmonator is an advanced harmonizing effect with three separate voices, each with independent harmony,</p><p>level and pan. By entering the key and scale that the instrument is playing, the harmonator analyzes the input</p><p>signal and track the three independent voices to the correct music key and scale (figure 10.17).</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	KEY: controls the key and type of scale that will be used by the harmonizer as a reference. If you’re playing</p><p>a solo in E major set this to E Major, from C to B.</p><p>•	SCALE: changes the scale of the harmonizer, including Major, Dorian, Phrygian, Lydian, Mixolydian, Minor,</p><p>and Locrian.</p><p>•	VOICE: controls the properties of each of the 3 voices of the harmonizer.</p><p>•	 1: selects voice 1 for editing.</p><p>•	 2: selects voice 2 for editing.</p><p>•	 3: selects voice 3 for editing.</p><p>•	 INTERVAL: changes the interval of the selected voice, from low octave to up octave.</p><p>•	LEVEL: independently adjusts the level of each of the 3 voices, from 0 to 100.</p><p>•	PAN: independently adjusts the panning of each of the 3 voices, from 1.0L to 1.0R.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Rack Effects 414</p><p>•	DRY PAN: adjusts the panning of the dry signal independently from the harmonized voices, from 1.0L to</p><p>1.0R.</p><p>•	MIX: blends the harmonized voice with the original voice, from 0% to 100%.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Rack Effects 415</p><p>Pitch Shifter</p><p>This pitch shifting effect creates an independent harmony voice that can be blended with the original signal to</p><p>create harmony lead parts and duet type guitar lines (figure 10.18).</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	SHIFT COARSE: sets the coarse tuning of the pitch shifter. Measured in intervals, from -24 to 24.</p><p>•	SHIFT FINE: sets the fine tuning of the pitch shifter. Measured in cents, from -50 to 50.</p><p>•	STEREO/SPLIT: sets the output of the effect to split the pitch shifted sound and the dry sound or blend</p><p>them in a stereo layered fashion.</p><p>•	MIX: adjusts the amount of pitched shifted sound with the dry sound, from 0% to 100%.</p><p>•	OUT LEVEL: sets the output level of the effect, from -15 dB to +15 dB.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Rack Effects 416</p><p>AmpliTube Other</p><p>Saturator-X</p><p>Thanks to its 10 operation modes, the Saturator-X is a very versatile and comprehensive module designed</p><p>to produce the saturation colors of many different electronic components pushed over the edge, from subtle</p><p>harmonic enhancement to all-out-nasty distortion.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Rack Effects 417</p><p>Step Slicer</p><p>Add programmed rhythmic parts to your power chords and phrases with this powerful and creative beat synced</p><p>slicing effect. It can be setup to create anything from the most amazing tremolos to the most complex rhythm</p><p>effects that always stay in perfect sync with the beat.</p><p>It contains two independent stepping engines, one for Level and one for Pan, so you can create independent</p><p>patterns for level and panning within the same synched effect.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	LEVEL: sets the amount of level modulation the steps will give. At min position the steps will not have</p><p>effect, at maximum the steps range will be full.</p><p>•	STEP BAR: click on the Steps to set each step level. You can also draw a curve while holding the mouse</p><p>while dragging over multiple steps.</p><p>•	RAMP: sets the steepness of the level change between steps. Set it at lower positions to get a more gate-</p><p>like effect, or set it to higher positions to get a smoother effect.</p><p>•	DIVISION: sets what time interval each step represents.</p><p>•	STEPS: sets the number of steps the cycle will consist of.</p><p>•	VOLUME: select this to work on the Volume steps pattern.</p><p>•	PAN: select this to work on the Panning steps pattern.</p><p>•	MODE: When set to Free, the cycle will be continuous and will cover all the steps that are specified in the</p><p>Steps parameter. When set to Strike, the cycle will re-start each time a chord or a note is played.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Rack Effects 418</p><p>•	SWING: increase this control to give to the steps a swing type quantization.</p><p>•	BPM SYNC: allows the effect to synchronize to the project tempo.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Rack Effects 419</p><p>Stereo Enhancer</p><p>The stereo enhancer model widens and narrows the stereo image.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	STEREO IMAGE: changes the width of the stereo image. Normal width is in the middle of the slider.</p><p>Moving the slider to the right widens the stereo image. Moving the slider to the left narrows the stereo</p><p>image.</p><p>Note: when processing a mono signal with this Rack, the control will result in being a reversed volume slider.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Rack Effects 420</p><p>Swell</p><p>This is an “auto volume” swell processor that can automatically create fantastic swell effects while playing</p><p>without any manual intervention. Use it subtly to add groove to your rhythm parts or use it with deeper settings</p><p>to create dreaming pads or string-like sounds.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	DEPTH: sets the depth of the volume swell, in dB. By default the depth is at max position, meaning that</p><p>the volume will start from silence. By lowering this control you’ll make the effect to start the swell phase</p><p>from a level which is higher than silence, up to min position that makes the effect to have no action.</p><p>•	SENS: this control sets the sensitivity for the Swell to recognize a new note or chord and therefore start a</p><p>new Swell cycle. Set it higher if you want the Swell cycle to start even at the beginning of softer passages,</p><p>or set it lower if you want the Swell cycle to only start for louder strikes.</p><p>•	TIME: sets the length of the Swell cycle.</p><p>•	SWELL: this LED goes On during the Swell phase.</p><p>•	OPEN: this LED goes On when the Swell phase has finished.</p><p>•	BPM SYNC: allows the effect to synchronize to the project tempo making the swell time to be specified in</p><p>musical figures.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Rack Effects 421</p><p>Tape Cassette</p><p>Tape Cassette is an effect that emulates the sound of vintage cassette tapes and decks. It adds little quirks and</p><p>random fluctuations to your music for an extra analog feeling.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Rack Effects 422</p><p>Fender®</p><p>Pitch Shift</p><p>Based on Fender® Cyber-Twin® SE Pitch Shift</p><p>A pitch-shifting effect with both pitch-shifting and detuning effects. Use for both wild soloing and unusual</p><p>detuned textures.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	Pitch Level: controls the Wet/Dry ratio from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	Pitch: controls the amount of the pitch shift from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	Detune: controls the detune amount from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	Feedback: controls the feedback amount from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	PreDelay: controls the Predelay amount from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	Volume: controls the volume of the pitch effect from 1 to 10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Rack Effects 423</p><p>Sine Flange</p><p>Based on Fender® Cyber-Twin® SE Sine Flange</p><p>A classic flange effect for swirling, psychedelic jams or intense metal rhythmic playing.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	Level: controls the amount of the flange effect from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	Rate: controls the rate of the flange effect from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	Depth: controls the depth of the flange effect from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	Avg Delay: controls the delay amount of the flange effect from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	Phase: controls the phase of the flange from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	Volume: controls the volume of the flange effect from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	BPM Sync: syncs the Flange effect to the master BPM of your DAW/Standalone metronome.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Rack Effects 424</p><p>Tape Echo</p><p>Based on Fender® Cyber-Twin® SE Tape Echo</p><p>A classic tape echo effect. Use for retro, lo-fi-style echo effects.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	Time: controls the length of the echo effect from 30ms to 1450ms. When BPM Sync is turned on, time is</p><p>displayed from</p><p>a 1/32 to 1/1 ratio.</p><p>•	Feedback: controls the amount of repeats of the echo effect from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	Wow&Flutter: controls the amount of pitch drift/variation of the echo effect, to emulate tape playback from</p><p>1 to 10.</p><p>•	Brightness: controls the amount of high-end of the treble from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	Volume: controls the volume of the echo effect from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	Ramp/Step: alters the way that changes to echo time change from a “ramp up” style to a “stair step” style.</p><p>•	BPM Sync: syncs the Echo effect to the master BPM of your DAW/Standalone metronome.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Rack Effects 425</p><p>Triangle Chorus</p><p>Based on Fender® Cyber-Twin® SE Triangle Chorus*</p><p>A chorus/doubling effect for thickening up your guitar’s tone.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	Level: controls the amount of the chorus effect from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	Rate: controls the rate of the chorus effect from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	Depth: controls the depth of the chorus effect from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	Avg Delay: controls the delay amount of the chorus effect from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	Phase: controls the phase of the chorus from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	Volume: controls the volume of the chorus effect from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	BPM Sync: syncs the effect to the master BPM of your DAW/Standalone metronome.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Rack Effects 426</p><p>Wah</p><p>Based on Fender® Cyber-Twin® SE Wah</p><p>A classic-voiced wah effect with multiple settings to fit your playing style. Can add a funky, almost vocal vibe to</p><p>your playing.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	Cryin’/Mccoy: switches between two different classic Wah styles.</p><p>•	Wah: controls the amount of the wah effect from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	Min Freq: controls the minimum frequency effected from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	Max Freq: controls the maximum frequency effected from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	Volume: controls the volume of the wah effect from 1 to 10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Rack Effects 427</p><p>Compressor</p><p>Based on Fender® Cyber-Twin® SE Compressor</p><p>A classic compressor effect. Use to even out volume levels when playing for a studio-like tone, to add sustain to</p><p>metal leads, or to accentuate the “twang” in country-style picking.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	Ratio Buttons: sets the overall level of compression from “Low” to “Even Higher”.</p><p>•	Volume: controls the volume of the compressor effect from 1 to 10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Rack Effects 428</p><p>Fender® ‘63 Reverb</p><p>Officially Certified Fender® ‘63 Reverb Model</p><p>The classic ‘63 Fender® Reverb Tank is now available in convenient rack form! This classic all-tube spring</p><p>reverb unit is capable of producing an incredibly lush Reverb due to it’s unique 6v6 driven output. Revered as</p><p>THE sound of reverb, you’ll hear this all tube driven signature Fender spring reverb on thousands of records from</p><p>Surf to Soul, Country to Punk.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	Dwell: controls how hard the signal hits the reverb tank from 1 to 10. The spring reverb is overdriven when</p><p>Dwell is set to high values (from 7 to 10). This produces interesting and very characteristic tones.</p><p>•	Mixer: controls the mix of the original signal to the effected signal from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	Tone: shifts the tonal balance from low to high frequencies from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	Volume: controls the output level of the effect from 1 to 10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Rack Effects 429</p><p>Fulltone®</p><p>TERC - That 80’s Rack Chorus!</p><p>Officially Certified Fulltone® TERC - That 80’s Rack Chorus!®</p><p>The features and the general mood of the Fulltone TERC are based on the iconic Tri Stereo Chorus produced in</p><p>the 80’s by “Dyno My Piano” brand.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	EFFECT ON/OFF BUTTON: push button IN for EFFECT-ON, push to OUT for EFFECT OFF.</p><p>•	OUTPUTS STEREO / MONO BUTTON: there are 3 analog Chorus Circuits in a TERC: Left (L), Right (R),</p><p>and Center (C). With this button pushed IN to STEREO, the L OUTPUT emits signal from the L & C Chorus</p><p>circuits only, and the R OUTPUT emits signal from the R & C circuits only. With this button switched OUT</p><p>(MONO mode) the L, R, and C Chorus circuits all sum evenly to both the L and R OUTPUTS.</p><p>•	PRESET MODE : this is the classic Tri-Stereo-Chorus slow chorus sound. PRESET mode only happens</p><p>when the PRESET button is IN and the MANUAL button is OUT. You will notice that the INTENSITY knobs</p><p>and the SPEED knob do not function when the PRESET is selected. NOTE: make sure MANUAL button is</p><p>OUT or you will hear BOTH the PRESET and the MANUAL sounds at the same time!</p><p>•	MANUAL MODE : MANUAL mode happens when the PRESET button is OUT and MANUAL button is</p><p>pressed IN. In MANUAL mode the L, R and C INTENSITY knobs and the SPEED knob are functional.</p><p>NOTE: make sure PRESET button is OUT.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Rack Effects 430</p><p>•	Combining PRESET & MANUAL modes: yes, by pressing IN both PRESET and MANUAL mode buttons,</p><p>you can combine all the different Low Frequency Oscillators (LFO’s) for all sorts of possibilities. It’s amazing</p><p>to hear the PRESET mode’s slow swirl with a fast speed selected in the MANUAL mode on top of that.</p><p>•	 INTENSITY knobs: the knobs ONLY function when the MANUAL knob is pressed IN. Turning these</p><p>Clockwise (CW) will increase the chorus effect level, with the deepest chorus being around 12 o’clock</p><p>to 1 o’clock. Chorus is created by taking the original signal, processing that signal through a delay and</p><p>modulating (pitch bending) it, then mixing the original and the processed signals back together. The</p><p>strongest chorus sounds you can get are when the original and processed signals are mixed together</p><p>equally with a 50/50 balance, the “chorus” is created by these original and processed signals fighting</p><p>against each other! Once you change the balance so that the processed signal gets louder than the original</p><p>signal, you are only hearing the processed signal... which is what we call VIBRATO. Therefore, when any</p><p>of the TERC’s INTENSITY knobs are past 1 o’clock your will be hearing mostly the pitch bend vibrato from</p><p>those channels, something Michael Landau made famous during his “Raging Honkies” Band period.</p><p>•	SPEED knob: this knob only operates when the MANUAL mode button is pressed IN. Turn it CW to</p><p>increase the rate of the modulation, turn it counter clockwise (CCW) to decrease the modulation rate. It</p><p>has a ridiculously wide range of available speeds, and you can turn it (CCW) to a point where it is so slow</p><p>the entire modulation cycle takes five seconds or more to complete. You will hear both Flange and Phase</p><p>effects at lower speeds, especially with the INTENSITY knobs around 12 o’clock.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Legal 431</p><p>Legal</p><p>AmpliTube® is a registered trademark property of IK Multimedia Production. FENDER® and all FENDER amplifiers,</p><p>logos, and trade dress are the trademarks of FMIC and used herein under license. All rights reserved. MESA/Boogie® is</p><p>a registered trademark property of MESA/Boogie Limited Corporation. ORANGE® is a registered trademark of Orange</p><p>Music Electronic Company Ltd. SOLDANO® is a registered trademark of Gremlin Inc. DBA Soldano Custom Amplifica-</p><p>tion Corporation. SEYMOUR DUNCAN® is a registered trademark of Carter Duncan Corporation. GROOVE TUBES®</p><p>is a registered trademark of ROKR Ventures, Inc. GALLIEN-KRUEGER® is a registered trademark of Gallien-Krueger</p><p>Corporation. JET CITY AMPLIFICATION 333® is a registered trademark property of 333 Enterprises Incorporated DBA</p><p>Jet City Amplification Corporation. THD® is a registered trademark of THD Electronics Ltd. T-REX ENGINEERING® is a</p><p>registered trademark of T-Rex Engineering ApS Corporation. CARVIN® is a registered trademark of Carvin Corporation.</p><p>DR. Z AMPLIFICATION® is a registered trademark of Dr. Z Amps, Inc. FULLTONE® is a registered trademark property</p><p>of Fulltone Musical Products, Inc. Z.VEX® is a registered trademark property of Zachary Vex. ENGL® is a registered</p><p>trademark property of Edmund Engl. WAMPLER PEDALS® is a registered trademark property of Wampler Pedals, Inc.</p><p>MORLEY® is a registered trademark property of Sound Enhancement Products, Inc. LESLIE® is a trademark</p><p>property</p><p>of Hammond Organ/Leslie, wholly-owned brand subsidiaries of Suzuki Musical Instruments Mfg., Ltd. of Hamamatsu,</p><p>Japan, used under license. Jimi Hendrix™ name used under license of Authentic Hendrix, LLC. © TM Authentic Hen-</p><p>drix, LLC.</p><p>All other product names and images, trademarks and artists names are the property of their respective owners, which</p><p>are in no way associated or affiliated with IK Multimedia. Product names are used solely for the purpose of identifying the</p><p>specific products that were studied during IK Multimedia’s sound model development and for describing certain types</p><p>of tones produced with IK Multimedia’s digital modeling technology. Use of these names does not imply any cooperation</p><p>or endorsement.</p><p>ACOUSTIC® is a registered trademark of Guitar Center, Inc.</p><p>AGUILAR® is a registered trademark of Boonshoft, David.</p><p>AKG® is a registered trademark of AKG Acoustics GmbH.</p><p>AMPEG® is a trademark of Yamaha Guitar Group, Inc.</p><p>ARBITER® FUZZ FACE® is a registered trademark of Arbiter Group Plc.</p><p>BEYERDYNAMIC® is a registered trademark of Beyerdynamic GmbH & Co.</p><p>BOGNER® is a registered trademark of Bogner Amplification.</p><p>BOSS® is a trademark of Roland Corporation.</p><p>BRAUNER® is a registered trademark of Dirk Brauner.</p><p>CARVIN® is a registered trademark of Carvin Corporation.</p><p>CELESTION™ is a trademark of Celestion International Ltd.</p><p>DIEZEL® is a registered trademark of DIEZEL GMBH.</p><p>DIGITECH WHAMMY™ is a registered trademark of Harman International Industries, Incorporated.</p><p>DIMEBAG DARRELL™ name and likeness used under license of the Estate of Darrell Lance Abbott.</p><p>DR. Z AMPLIFICATION® is a registered trademark of Dr. Z Amps, Inc.</p><p>DUNLOP® is a registered trademark of Dunlop Manufacturing, Inc.</p><p>ELECTRO-HARMONIX® is a registered trademark of New Sensor Corporation.</p><p>ELECTRO-VOICE® is a trademark of Electro-Voice, Inc.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Legal 432</p><p>ENGL® is a registered trademark of Edmund Engl.</p><p>FENDER®, BASSMAN®, DELUXE REVERB®, SUPER REVERB® are registered trademarks of Fender Musical Instru-</p><p>ments Corporation.</p><p>FENDER®, BASSMAN®, TWIN REVERB®, DELUXE™, DELUXE REVERB®, VIBROVERB™, VIBRO-KING®, CHAM-</p><p>PION™ 600, SUPER-SONIC™, MH-500 METALHEAD™, PRO JUNIOR™, BASSMAN® 300, CYBER-TWIN®,</p><p>BLENDER™, SUPER REVERB®, CHAMP®, PRINCETON®, are trademarks or registered trademarks of Fender Musi-</p><p>cal Instruments Corporation.</p><p>FRIEDMAN® is a registered trademark of Robert Navarrette.</p><p>FOXX® is a registered trademark of Mark Simonsen.</p><p>FULLTONE® is a registered trademark property of Fulltone Musical Products, Inc.</p><p>FURMAN® is a registered trademark of Furman Sound, Inc.</p><p>FUZZRITE® is a registered trademark of Andy Moseley.</p><p>GALLIEN-KRUEGER® is a registered trademark of Gallien-Krueger Corporation.</p><p>GROOVE TUBES® MD1b-FET, GROOVE TUBES® VELO-8 are registered trademarks of ROKR Ventures, Inc.</p><p>HIWATT® is a registered trademark of FERNANDES COMPANY LTD.</p><p>IBANEZ® is a registered trademark of Hoshino Gakki Co. Ltd. Corporation.</p><p>JBL® is a registered trademark of JBL Professional.</p><p>JET CITY AMPLIFICATION 333® is a registered trademark property of 333 Enterprises Incorporated DBA Jet City Am-</p><p>plification Corporation.</p><p>JIMI HENDRIX™ name used under license of Authentic Hendrix, LLC. © TM Authentic Hendrix, LLC.</p><p>KAT® is a registered trademark of Knight Audio Technologies Ltd.</p><p>LESLIE® is a trademark property of Hammond Organ/Leslie, wholly-owned brand subsidiaries of Suzuki Musical Instru-</p><p>ments Mfg., Ltd. of Hamamatsu, Japan.</p><p>MAESTRO® FUZZTONE is a registered trademark of Gibson Electronics.</p><p>MARSHALL®, 1959 JTM100™ Super Lead, JMP100™ are registered trademarks and trademarks of Marshall Ampli-</p><p>fication Plc.</p><p>MESA/BOOGIE® and RECTIFIER® are trademarks of Mesa/Boogie Ltd.</p><p>MORLEY® is a registered trademark of SOUND ENHANCEMENT PRODUCTS, INC.</p><p>MOSRITE® is a registered trademark of Loretta Moseley.</p><p>MU-TRON® III is a registered trademark of Zajac, Henry A., Jr. Washington, NJ 07882.</p><p>MXR® is a registered trademark of Applied Research and Technology, Inc.</p><p>NEUMANN® is a registered trademark of Georg Neumann GmbH.</p><p>ORANGE® is a registered trademark property of Orange Music Electronic Company Ltd.</p><p>PEAVEY® is a registered trademark of Peavey Electronics Corporation.</p><p>PRO CO RAT™ is a trademark of ProCo Sound, Inc.</p><p>PRS® is a registered trademark of Paul Reed Smith Guitars.</p><p>RANDALL® is a registered trademark of Randall Amplifiers a division of U.S. Music Corp.</p><p>ROCKMAN® is a registered trademark of Scholz Research & Development, Inc.</p><p>ROGER MAYER™, Classic Fuzz®, Axis Fuzz®, Octavia®, are trademarks and registered trademarks of Roger Mayer.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Legal 433</p><p>ROLAND® is a registered trademark of Roland Corporation.</p><p>ROYER® is a registered trademark of Bulldog Audio, Inc. DBA Royer Labs Corporation.</p><p>SEARS® is a registered trademark of Sears Brand, LLC.</p><p>SENNHEISER® is a trademark of Sennheiser Electronic Corp.</p><p>SEYMOUR DUNCAN® is a registered trademark of Carter Duncan Corporation</p><p>SHURE® is a registered trademark of Shure Incorporated.</p><p>SILVERTONE® is a registered trademark of Samick Music Corporation.</p><p>SOLDANO® is a registered trademark property of Gremlin Inc. DBA Soldano Custom Amplification Corporation.</p><p>SUPRO® is a registered trademark of Absara Audio LLC.</p><p>SWR® and Goliath™ are trademarks of SWR Sound Corporation.</p><p>T-REX ENGINEERING® is a registered trademark property of T-Rex Engineering ApS Corporation.</p><p>TECH 21 is a trademark of THD Electronics Ltd.</p><p>THD® BIVALVE is a registered trademark of Tech 21 USA, Inc.</p><p>TRACE ELLIOT is a registered trademark of Peavey Electronics Corporation.</p><p>TUBE SCREAMER® is a registered trademark of Hoshino Gakki Co. Ltd.</p><p>UNI-VIBE™ is a trademark of Korg USA Corporation.</p><p>UNIVOX™ is a trademark of Korg USA Corporation.</p><p>VHT® is a trademark of VHT Amplification, Inc.</p><p>VOX®, VOX® WAH V846 and AC30 are registered trademarks of VOX Amplification Ltd.</p><p>WAMPLER PEDALS® is a registered trademark property of Wampler Pedals, Inc.</p><p>Z.VEX® is a registered trademark property of Zachary Vex.</p><p>5150® is a registered trademark of Edward Van Halen.</p><p>www.ikmultimedia.com</p><p>All specifications are subject to change without further notice.</p><p>© 2002-2020 IK Multimedia. All rights reserved.</p><p>Version: 5.0</p><p>Latest Update: 2020/12/12</p><p>IK Multimedia Production Srl</p><p>Via dell’Industria, 46,</p><p>41122 Modena</p><p>Italy</p><p>IK Multimedia US, LLC</p><p>590 Sawgrass Corporate Pkwy.</p><p>Sunrise, FL 33325</p><p>USA</p><p>IK Multimedia Asia</p><p>TB Tamachi Bldg. 1F, MBE #709</p><p>4-11-1 Shiba</p><p>Minato-ku, Tokyo 108-0014</p><p>Japan</p><p>Contents</p><p>Stomp Box Effects</p><p>AmpliTube Delay</p><p>Delay</p><p>EchoMan</p><p>TapDelay</p><p>AmpliTube Distortion</p><p>AmpLess</p><p>BigPig</p><p>Crusher</p><p>Diode Overdrive</p><p>Distortion</p><p>Feedback</p><p>Metal Distortion</p><p>Metal Distortion 2</p><p>Overdrive</p><p>OverScream</p><p>PROdrive</p><p>The Ambass’dor</p><p>VariDiode+</p><p>AmpliTube Dynamics</p><p>Compressor</p><p>Dcomp</p><p>Noise Gate</p><p>AmpliTube EQ</p><p>7 Band Graphic</p><p>10 Band Graphic</p><p>AmpliTube Filter</p><p>Envelope Filter</p><p>LFO Filter</p><p>Rezo</p><p>Step Filter</p><p>Wah</p><p>Wah 10</p><p>Wah 47</p><p>Nu-Tron III</p><p>AmpliTube Modulation</p><p>Analog Flanger</p><p>Chorus</p><p>Chorus-1</p><p>Electric Flanger</p><p>Flanger</p><p>Metal Flanger</p><p>Phaze Nine</p><p>Phazer 10</p><p>Small Phazer</p><p>AmpliTube Pitch</p><p>Harmonator</p><p>Octav</p><p>Pitch Shifter</p><p>Wharmonator</p><p>AmpliTube Other</p><p>Acoustic Sim</p><p>Step Slicer</p><p>Swell</p><p>Volume</p><p>AmpliTube SVX</p><p>SVX-OD</p><p>SVX-OCT</p><p>Analog Chorus</p><p>Analog Delay</p><p>Bass Wah</p><p>SVX Compressor</p><p>SVX Envelope Filter</p><p>SVX Volume</p><p>Brian May</p><p>Red Special</p><p>Treble Booster</p><p>May Wah</p><p>FOX Phaser</p><p>Star Gate</p><p>Dimebag Darrell CFH Collection</p><p>6 Band EQ</p><p>Pre EQ 3</p><p>Dime Noise Gate</p><p>Dime Wah</p><p>Flanger Doubler</p><p>Fender®</p><p>Fender® Blender™</p><p>Fender® Volume</p><p>Fender® Wah</p><p>Fender® Fuzz Wah</p><p>Fender® Phaser</p><p>Fender® Tremolo</p><p>Fender® ’63 Reverb</p><p>Fender® Tape Echo</p><p>Fender® Compressor</p><p>Fulltone®</p><p>OCD</p><p>Jimi Hendrix</p><p>Class Fuzz</p><p>EP Tape Echo</p><p>Fuzz Age</p><p>Fuzz Age 2</p><p>FuzzOne</p><p>Octa-V</p><p>Opto Tremolo</p><p>RightFuzz</p><p>Uni-V</p><p>Wah 46</p><p>XS Fuzz</p><p>Joe Satriani</p><p>Satch Wah</p><p>Satch Distortion</p><p>Satch Overdrive</p><p>Tube Overdrive</p><p>Satch Octave</p><p>Morley®</p><p>Contour Wah</p><p>Seymour Duncan®</p><p>Power Grid</p><p>Shape Shifter</p><p>Slash</p><p>/Delay</p><p>Booster</p><p>Gate</p><p>OctoBlue</p><p>X-Chorus</p><p>WahDist</p><p>T-Rex®</p><p>Møller</p><p>Mudhoney</p><p>Replica</p><p>Wampler Pedals®</p><p>Nirvana</p><p>Pinnacle Deluxe</p><p>Z.Vex®</p><p>Seek Trem</p><p>Seek Wah</p><p>Amplifiers</p><p>AmpliTube Clean</p><p>American Clean MKIII</p><p>American Tube Clean 1</p><p>American Tube Clean 2</p><p>Custom Solid State Clean</p><p>Jazz Amp 120</p><p>Metal Clean T</p><p>AmpliTube Crunch</p><p>American Tube Vintage</p><p>Brit Valve Pre</p><p>British Blue Tube 30TB</p><p>British Copper 30TB</p><p>HiAmp</p><p>Tube Vintage Combo</p><p>AmpliTube Lead</p><p>American Lead MKIII</p><p>Brit 8000</p><p>Brit 9000</p><p>Brit Silver</p><p>British Tube Lead 1</p><p>British Tube Lead 2</p><p>Custom Modern Hi-Gain</p><p>Custom Solid State Fuzz</p><p>Custom Solid State Lead</p><p>German 34</p><p>MiniPlex 20</p><p>Metal Lead T</p><p>Metal Lead V</p><p>Metal Lead W</p><p>Modern Tube Lead</p><p>Red Pig</p><p>SilverPlate 50</p><p>VHandcraft 4</p><p>Vintage Metal Lead</p><p>AmpliTube Bass</p><p>360Bass Preamp</p><p>Green BA250</p><p>New York B750</p><p>Solid State Bass Preamp</p><p>AmpliTube SVX</p><p>SVX-500</p><p>SVX-15R</p><p>SVX-CL</p><p>SVX-PRO</p><p>SVX-VR</p><p>SVX-4B</p><p>SVX-15N</p><p>Brian May</p><p>BM 30</p><p>BM DK</p><p>Carvin®</p><p>V3M</p><p>Dimebag Darrell CFH Collection</p><p>Darrell 100</p><p>Jazz Amp 120 CFH</p><p>Dr. Z Amplification®</p><p>MAZ 18 Jr.</p><p>Z Wreck</p><p>Engl®</p><p>E650</p><p>Powerball</p><p>Fender®</p><p>’57 Deluxe</p><p>Pro Junior</p><p>’64 Vibroverb Custom</p><p>’65 Deluxe Reverb</p><p>’65 Twin Reverb</p><p>Super-Sonic</p><p>Vibro-King</p><p>’59 Bassman</p><p>Bassman 300</p><p>Champion 600</p><p>MH-500 Metalhead</p><p>TBP-1</p><p>’65 Princeton</p><p>’57 Champ</p><p>’57 Custom Champ</p><p>’57 Custom Deluxe</p><p>’57 Custom Twin-Amp</p><p>’57 Custom Pro-Amp</p><p>’57 Bandmaster</p><p>’65 Super Reverb</p><p>’53 Bassman</p><p>Gallien-Krueger®</p><p>MB 150 S</p><p>Jet City Amplification 333®</p><p>JCA20H</p><p>JCA100H</p><p>Jimi Hendrix</p><p>American Vintage B</p><p>American Vintage D</p><p>American Vintage T</p><p>British Lead S100</p><p>JH 1200</p><p>JH Gold</p><p>SilverTwelve</p><p>Joe Satriani</p><p>Satch VM</p><p>SJ50</p><p>Boston 100</p><p>Leslie®</p><p>122</p><p>122A</p><p>147</p><p>3300w</p><p>G37 / Studio12</p><p>Marshall® - Slash</p><p>AFD 100</p><p>JCM Slash</p><p>MESA/Boogie®</p><p>Mark III</p><p>Mark IV</p><p>Dual Rectifier</p><p>Triple Rectifier</p><p>Transatlantic TA-30</p><p>Orange®</p><p>OR-120</p><p>Tiny Terror</p><p>Rockerverb 50</p><p>AD 30</p><p>Thunderverb 200</p><p>AD 200</p><p>Dual Terror</p><p>OR 50</p><p>Soldano®</p><p>SLO-100</p><p>THD®</p><p>THD Bi-Valve</p><p>Cabinets</p><p>AmpliTube Guitar 10"</p><p>4x10 Open Vintage</p><p>AmpliTube Guitar 1x12"</p><p>1x12 Combo</p><p>1x12 MB II</p><p>1x12 MB III</p><p>1x12 Open Modern</p><p>1x12 Open Vintage</p><p>AmpliTube Guitar 2x12"</p><p>2x12 Closed Vintage</p><p>2x12 Gry British Vint</p><p>2x12 JP Jazz</p><p>2x12 Open Vintage</p><p>AmpliTube Guitar 4x10”</p><p>4x10 NY410</p><p>AmpliTube Guitar 4x12”</p><p>4x12 Brit 30</p><p>4x12 Brit 8000</p><p>4x12 Brit 9000</p><p>4x12 Brit Silver</p><p>4x12 Closed Modern</p><p>4x12 Closed Vintage</p><p>4x12 HiAmp</p><p>4x12 Metal F</p><p>4x12 Metal T</p><p>4x12 Metal V</p><p>4x12 Modern M</p><p>4x12 Red Pig</p><p>4x12 Vintage M</p><p>AmpliTube Bass</p><p>4x10+tw Bass</p><p>4x10+tw TE Bass</p><p>1x15 Bass Vintage</p><p>1x18 Horn Bass</p><p>Custom IR</p><p>AmpliTube SVX</p><p>1x15 SVX-15R</p><p>2x10 SVX-500</p><p>2x12 SVX-212</p><p>4x10 SVX-410B</p><p>4x10 SVX-410S</p><p>8x10 SVX-810E</p><p>1x15 SVX-115</p><p>2x12 SVX-212 AV</p><p>8x10 SVX-810A</p><p>Brian May</p><p>1x6 BM DK</p><p>2x12 BM 30 Blue</p><p>2x12 BM 30 H70</p><p>Carvin®</p><p>2x12 V3M</p><p>Dimebag Darrell CFH Collection</p><p>2x12 JP Jazz CFH</p><p>4x12 Darrell 412</p><p>Dr. Z Amplification®</p><p>1x12 MAZ 18 Jr.</p><p>2x12 Z Wreck</p><p>ENGL®</p><p>E 412 PRO XXL</p><p>E 412 Standard</p><p>Fender®</p><p>1x12 ’57 Deluxe</p><p>1x10 Pro Junior</p><p>1x15 ’64 Vibroverb Custom</p><p>1x12 ’65 Deluxe Reverb</p><p>2x12 ’65 Twin Reverb</p><p>1x12 Super-Sonic</p><p>3x10 Vibro-King</p><p>4x10 ’59 Bassman</p><p>8x10 Bass 810 PRO</p><p>1x6 Champion 600</p><p>4x12 MH-412SL</p><p>Vibratone</p><p>1x10 ’65 Princeton</p><p>1x8 ’57 Champ</p><p>1x8 ’57 Custom Champ</p><p>1x12 ’57 Custom Deluxe</p><p>2x12 ’57 Custom Twin-Amp</p><p>1x15 ’57 Custom Pro-Amp</p><p>3x10 ’57 Bandmaster</p><p>4x10 ’65 Super Reverb</p><p>1x15 ’53 Bassman</p><p>Gallien-Krueger®</p><p>1x12 MB 150 S</p><p>Jimi Hendrix</p><p>2x12 Open SL</p><p>2x12 Open T J120</p><p>2x15 Closed B J130</p><p>2x15 Closed D J130</p><p>4x12 Closed 25 C</p><p>4x12 Closed 75 C</p><p>4x12 Closed J120</p><p>Joe Satriani</p><p>4x12 Satch 60</p><p>4x12 Satch Green</p><p>Boston Cab Sim</p><p>Leslie®</p><p>122</p><p>122A</p><p>147</p><p>Leslie 3300W</p><p>G37</p><p>Studio 12</p><p>Marshall® - Slash</p><p>4x12 1960AV SL</p><p>4x12 1960BV SL</p><p>MESA/Boogie®</p><p>1x12 Mark III</p><p>1x12 Mark IV</p><p>2x12 Rectifier Horizontal</p><p>2x12 TransAtlantic TA-30</p><p>4x12 Recto Traditional Slant</p><p>Orange®</p><p>1x12 PPC 112</p><p>1x12 Tiny Terror</p><p>1x15 OBC 115</p><p>2x12 AD 30</p><p>2x12 PPC 212</p><p>2x12 PPC OB</p><p>4x10 OBC 410</p><p>4x12 PPC 412</p><p>8x10 OBC 810</p><p>Microphones</p><p>Dynamic</p><p>Dynamic 57</p><p>Dynamic 20</p><p>Vintage Dynamic 20</p><p>Dynamic 421</p><p>Dynamic 441</p><p>Dynamic 609</p><p>Condenser</p><p>Bottle 563</p><p>Condenser 12</p><p>Condenser 67</p><p>Condenser 84</p><p>Condenser 87</p><p>Condenser 170</p><p>Condenser 414</p><p>MD1-b</p><p>Tube VM</p><p>Ribbon</p><p>Ribbon 121</p><p>Ribbon 160</p><p>Velo-8</p><p>Rack Effects</p><p>AmpliTube Delay & Reverb</p><p>Digital Delay</p><p>Digital Reverb</p><p>Hall Reverb</p><p>Inverse Reverb</p><p>Plate Reverb</p><p>Room Reverb</p><p>Shimmer Reverb</p><p>Tap Delay</p><p>AmpliTube EQ & Dynamics</p><p>Black 76</p><p>EQ 81</p><p>EQ PG</p><p>Graphic EQ</p><p>Model 670</p><p>Parametric EQ</p><p>Parametric EQ 3</p><p>Tube Compressor</p><p>Vintage EQ-1A</p><p>White 2A</p><p>AmpliTube Filter</p><p>Filter Formant</p><p>Filter Phaser</p><p>Rezo</p><p>Step Filter</p><p>AmpliTube Modulation</p><p>AM Modulator</p><p>Analog Chorus</p><p>Auto Pan</p><p>Digital Chorus</p><p>Digital Flanger</p><p>FM Modulator</p><p>Rotary Speaker</p><p>AmpliTube Pitch</p><p>Harmonator</p><p>Pitch Shifter</p><p>AmpliTube Other</p><p>Saturator-X</p><p>Step Slicer</p><p>Stereo Enhancer</p><p>Swell</p><p>Tape Cassette</p><p>Fender®</p><p>Pitch Shift</p><p>Sine Flange</p><p>Tape Echo</p><p>Triangle Chorus</p><p>Wah</p><p>Compressor</p><p>Fender® ‘63 Reverb</p><p>Fulltone®</p><p>TERC - That 80’s Rack Chorus!</p><p>Legal</p><p>This control determines how much the signal is attenuated when the gate closes, from -20 dB to</p><p>-100 dB. Default is -60 dB, which is a strong attenuation that usually works fine in most cases. If you need</p><p>to add more attenuation, increase this parameter.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 35</p><p>AmpliTube EQ</p><p>7 Band Graphic</p><p>This model is a clean, highly effective 1 octave graphic equalizer, capable of fine tuning and dialing in that</p><p>perfect tone. It is also very useful when you need to “push” the signal for the next stompbox or amp.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	FREQUENCY BAND LEVEL: each frequency band is one octave apart and allows for +/- 15 dB of</p><p>adjustment. The controls include 100 Hz, 200 Hz, 400 Hz, 800 Hz, 1.6 kHz, 3.2 kHz, 6.4 kHz.</p><p>•	LEVEL: sets the output level of the graphic EQ, from -15 dB to +15 dB.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 36</p><p>10 Band Graphic</p><p>IK Multimedia proprietary 10 Band Graphic EQ.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	BANDS: 31, 62, 125, 250, 500, 1k, 2k, 4k, 8k, 16k. Each band has +/- 15 dB of boost/cut.</p><p>•	GAIN: the gain slider boosts or cut the overall level by +/- 15 dB.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 37</p><p>AmpliTube Filter</p><p>Envelope Filter</p><p>This stomp is an advanced filter effect. It uses the envelope of the incoming signal to control a synthesizer style</p><p>filter. It is capable of sounds ranging from very simple auto wah effects to extreme never before heard filtering</p><p>effects.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	FREQ: sets the cutoff frequency of the filter, from 40 Hz to 20,480 Hz.</p><p>•	RESO: sets the resonance of the filter, from 0.30 to 10.</p><p>•	DEPTH: changes the amount of effect that the envelope has on the filter, from 0% to 100%.</p><p>•	MODE: these control change the type of filter used for the effect.</p><p>•	 12/24: sets the slope of the filter, either 12 dB per octave or 24 dB per octave.</p><p>•	HP/BP/LP: sets the type of filter being used, either high pass, band pass, or low pass.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 38</p><p>LFO Filter</p><p>This complex stomp effect uses an LFO to modulate the frequency of its filter. With the included BPM Sync this</p><p>is a very useful effect for creating interesting, moving guitar parts with a minimum amount of trouble.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	FREQ: sets the cutoff frequency of the filter, from 40 Hz to 20,480 Hz.</p><p>•	RESO: sets the resonance of the filter, from 0.30 to 10.</p><p>•	RATE: adjusts the speed of the LFO, from 0.05 Hz to 5 Hz.</p><p>•	DEPTH: changes the amount of effect that the envelope has on the filter from 0% to 100%.</p><p>•	MODE: these control change the type of filter used for the effect.</p><p>•	 12/24: sets the slope of the filter, either 12 dB per octave or 24 dB per octave.</p><p>•	HP/BP/LP: sets the type of filter being used, either high pass, band pass, or low pass.</p><p>•	BPM SYNC: allows the effect to synchronize to the project tempo.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 39</p><p>Rezo</p><p>A unique effect that can add synth-like drones and sustaining resonances to your parts. Make your guitar sound</p><p>like a sitar or like a synth-drone to create sonic resonances to sing on and control the notes with your controller</p><p>to create arpeggios and steps while playing. You have 4 resonating voices that can be tuned independently from</p><p>note E0 to note B7, in half tone steps. For example, if you want to create a resonating C Major chord, just set</p><p>the first three voices to C3, E3 and G3. By moving the All slider you can shift the recently created Chord without</p><p>changing the intervals between the voices. You can set the desired voice note by note number or by frequency</p><p>in Hz.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	 1-4 SLIDERS: sets the pitch for each resonating voice.</p><p>•	 1-4 VALUE DISPLAY: displays which note each voice is tuned on.</p><p>•	NOTE/FREQUENCY SWITCH: turn On this switch to have the tuning of each voice displayed as a note.</p><p>Turn this Off to have the tuning of each voice to be displayed as frequency in Hz.</p><p>•	ALL: shifts all resonating notes by the same amount keeping relative intervals between voices identical.</p><p>•	RES: sets the amount of resonance for each voice, from min to max. When set to max the note will sustain</p><p>by itself, when set to min the voice will not be resonating</p><p>•	SCALE: the Rezo is setup by default to span over a chromatic scale when you set the resonating voices,</p><p>meaning that all half tones are possible. If you want to set another scale and want to remove notes from the</p><p>chromatic scale just open this menu and leave on only the notes you need.</p><p>•	FILTER: determines the brightness of the resonating voices, from dark (lower positions) to bright (upper</p><p>positions).</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 40</p><p>•	MIX: sets the amount of resonating notes you want to hear. When the control is at min you’ll only hear the</p><p>original sound, when fully up you’ll only hear the effected sound.</p><p>•	OUT: the resonating notes can become very loud. Use this control to adjust the overall output level of the</p><p>Rezonator.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 41</p><p>Step Filter</p><p>A powerful and deep beat synchronized filter effect. You can apply Low/High and Band pass analog modeled</p><p>filtering on freely customizable patterns to add groove and rhythmic pulsing to your parts. If you want, this effect</p><p>could make your guitars and bass parts to sound like a rhythmic synth.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	CUTOFF: sets the center cutoff frequency of the filter. This is the cutoff frequency the filter will have when</p><p>the steps are set to half position.</p><p>•	STEP BAR: click on the Steps to set each step level. You can also draw a curve while holding the mouse</p><p>while dragging over multiple steps.</p><p>•	RES: sets the center resonance of the filter. This is the resonance amount the filter will have when the steps</p><p>are set to half position.</p><p>•	DEPTH: sets how deep the filter is modulated by the steps.</p><p>•	HP/BP/LP: sets which kind of filter will be used: HP: high pass, BP: band pass, LP: low pass.</p><p>•	 12/24: sets the steepness of the filter, 12 dB/oct will be softer, 24 dB/oct will be steeper.</p><p>•	DEST: sets what is modulated by the steps between filter Cutoff and/or filter Resonance. At full minimum</p><p>position only Cutoff frequency is modulated, at max position only Resonance is modulated.</p><p>•	DIVISION: sets what time interval each step represents.</p><p>•	STEPS: sets the number of steps the cycle will consist of.</p><p>•	MODE: when set to Free the cycle will be continuous and will always cover all the steps that are specified</p><p>in the Steps parameter. When set to Strike the cycle will re-start each time a chord or a note is played.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 42</p><p>•	SWING: increase this control to give to the steps a swing type quantization.</p><p>•	BPM SYNC: allows the effect to synchronize to the project tempo.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 43</p><p>Wah</p><p>This effect is modeled after the classic wah pedal used by many of the top players from the ‘60s and ‘70s.</p><p>In addition to the wah effect it also features an auto function, allowing it to be used easily without an external</p><p>controller.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	OFF/ON/AUTO: sets the mode of the Wah effect, Off, On, or Auto.</p><p>•	WAHWAH: this directly controls the Wah effect, from 0% to 100%.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 44</p><p>Wah 10</p><p>Based on Ibanez® WH-10™</p><p>This is a faithful rendition of a very sought-after wah pedal. Based on a multiple feedback opamp circuit, the</p><p>pedal modeled here is a very expressive and unique wah pedal.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	WAH: sets the position of the wah pedal. It gives a darker sound when moved lower (heel position) and a</p><p>brighter sound when moved higher (toe position).</p><p>•	DEPTH: determines how strong the wah effect is. When is set at minimum the wah effect is barely</p><p>noticeable, but when is set to max the effect is very strong.</p><p>•	GUITAR/BASS SWITCH: modify the response of the wah to make it more suitable to guitar or bass.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear</p><p>Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 45</p><p>Wah 47</p><p>Based on Vox® Wah V847™</p><p>This effect is based on the Wah pedal used by the most influential guitarists of the late ‘60s and ‘70s. The Auto</p><p>function allows you to use this effect without an external controller. This is a great feature!</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	OFF/ON/AUTO: sets the mode of the Wah effect, Off, On, or Auto.</p><p>•	WAHWAH: this directly controls the wah effect, from 0% to 100%.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 46</p><p>Nu-Tron III</p><p>Based on Musitronics® Mu-Tron™ III</p><p>This stomp box effect is based on the patented automatic wah device from 1972 that became famous</p><p>through its use with keyboards. Filters allowed for low-pass, bandpass, and high-pass filter response which</p><p>could be triggered from low to high frequency or vice versa.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	MODE: switch between the type of filter: LP (lowpass, filters high frequencies), BP (bandpass, filters both</p><p>low and high frequencies) and HP (highpass, filters low frequencies).</p><p>•	PEAK: sets the amount of resonant emphasis at the cutoff frequency of the filter.</p><p>•	GAIN: adjusts the input level to the effect.</p><p>•	RANGE: determines whether the cutoff frequency of the filter is set to a low frequency or a high frequency.</p><p>•	DRIVE: determines whether the filter sweeps from low to high (filter opening) or from high to low (filter</p><p>closing).</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 47</p><p>AmpliTube Modulation</p><p>Analog Flanger</p><p>Based on Boss® BF-2™ Flanger</p><p>This effect is based on one of the most flexible flangers ever made. This unit delivers everything from classic</p><p>tape flange to over-the-top sweeps, vibratos, chorus, and more! Perfect for adding classic metal-style flange to</p><p>your rig.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	MANUAL: sets the timbre of the flanging effect.</p><p>•	DEPTH: sets the amount of modulation the LFO will apply to the flanging effect. If Depth is zero, you’ll get</p><p>a “static” flanging effect.</p><p>•	RATE: sets the speed of the LFO modulation that will be applied to the flanging effect.</p><p>•	RES: sets the resonance the flanger effect will produce.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 48</p><p>Chorus</p><p>This chorus is modeled after a classic Digital Chorus stomp box.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	RATE: sets the rate of the chorus effect, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	DEPTH: sets the intensity of the chorus effect, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	LEVEL: sets the input level of the stomp effect, ranges from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	BPM SYNC: allows the effect to synchronize to the project tempo.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 49</p><p>Chorus-1</p><p>Based on Boss® CE-1™ Chorus</p><p>A model of a classic bucket-brigade analog Chorus/Vibrato unit. It provides both analog Chorus and analog</p><p>Vibrato effects, when in Chorus mode the modulation will be lush and slow, when in Vibrato effect the</p><p>modulation will be faster and more noticeable.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	LEVEL: sets the input level. Range is from –15 dB to +15 dB.</p><p>•	CHORUS: sets the intensity (or depth) of the Chorus effect, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	VIBRATO DEPTH: sets the intensity of the Vibrato effect, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	VIBRATO RATE: sets the rate of the Vibrato effect, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	VIBRATO/CHORUS SWITCH: enables Vibrato or Chorus modes, when Vibrato mode is enabled the</p><p>corresponding LED will illuminate.</p><p>•	BPM SYNC: allows the effect to synchronize to the project tempo.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 50</p><p>Electric Flanger</p><p>Based on Electro-Harmonix® Electric Mistress™</p><p>This stomp box is a model of a vintage flanger/filter matrix used by many well-known guitarists to achieve</p><p>classic sounds. While it has amazing warmth, it is also capable of very versatile chorus and steady comb</p><p>filtering/matrix that can imprint a very specific sonic signature to the sound.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	RATE: controls the speed of the effect, from slow to fast.</p><p>•	RANGE: sets the deepness of the effect, from subtle to very strong</p><p>•	COLOR: sets the amount of feedback in the flanger circuit, delivering a more intense effect when set at</p><p>max.</p><p>•	MANUAL: this is normally set to the lower position, when set at the upper position it stops the LFO. This</p><p>means that you can use the effect to have static resonance and filter matrix effects. Adjust the timbre of the</p><p>resonance and filters by setting the Range knob, and adjust the intensity of the resonances by setting the</p><p>Color knob.</p><p>•	ON/OFF: enables or disables the effect. When the effect is on the red LED is light.</p><p>•	BPM SYNC: makes the rate of the phasing effect to be synchronized with the BPM of the project. When</p><p>enabled, the Rate knob becomes a selector that allows you to choose between various musical figures.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 51</p><p>Flanger</p><p>This stomp box is a model of a classic Flanger effect.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	RATE: sets the rate of the Flanger effect, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	DEPTH: sets the intensity of the Flanger, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	FBK: sets a delay for the Flanger to take effect, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	LEVEL: sets the input level of the stomp box, ranges from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	BPM SYNC: allows the effect to synchronize to the project tempo.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 52</p><p>Metal Flanger</p><p>Based on MXR® Flanger 117</p><p>This effect is modeled after one of the best and most musical modulation effects ever. A classic association</p><p>with an iconic ‘80s guitarist made prices erupts and flooded the market with reissues. Still, no flanger is more</p><p>recognizable, making this perfect for hard-rock and metal tone.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	MANUAL: sets the timbre of the flanging effect.</p><p>•	WIDTH:	sets	the	amount	of	modulation	the	LFO	will	apply	to	the	flangἀing	effect.	If	Width	is	zero,	you’ll	get</p><p>a “static” flanging effect.</p><p>•	SPEED: controls the amount of high tones on the sound.</p><p>•	REGEN: sets the amount of feedback the internal flanger effect will have.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 53</p><p>Phaze Nine</p><p>Based on MXR® Phase 90™</p><p>This effect is based on one of the most popular phase pedals of all times. Used by a wide range of first-class</p><p>guitarists, this unit could add a little bit of shimmer to your solos or generate a smooth, watery effect while</p><p>playing chords and muted strumming. Did you try the Phaze Nine on bass, keyboards, or vocals?</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	SPEED: controls the phase LFO rate.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 54</p><p>Phazer 10</p><p>Based on MXR® Phase 100™</p><p>A model of a classic analog multimode Phaser stomp box.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	 INTENSITY: selects one of the four different Phaser modes. From left to right the perceived effect intensity</p><p>will increase.</p><p>•	SPEED: sets the speed of the modulation, from 0 to 10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 55</p><p>Small Phazer</p><p>Based on Electro-Harmonix® Small Stone™</p><p>This effect is a model of a classic analog phase shifter, capable of a range of phaser effects from gentle to</p><p>outlandish swirling effects. You may wonder why it is called “small” when you hear it.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	RATE: controls the speed of the effect, from slow to fast.</p><p>•	COLOR: set it to the lower position for a more gentle phasing effect, or set it at the upper position for a</p><p>more pronounced and deep phasing effect.</p><p>•	BPM SYNC: makes the rate of the phasing effect to be synchronized with the BPM of the project. When</p><p>enabled the rate knob becomes a selector that allows to choose between various musical figures.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 56</p><p>AmpliTube Pitch</p><p>Harmonator</p><p>This effect is a 3 voice digital harmonizer effect. More than just a pitch shifter, this pedal will create 3 separate</p><p>harmony voices with independent interval values based on a musical scale. Simply select the scale to use,</p><p>select the voice and the desired pitch and play. The harmonized notes will be according to the selected scale.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	MIX: blends the harmonized voice with the original voice, from 0 to 100.</p><p>•	KEY-SCALE: controls the key and type of scale that will be</p><p>used by the harmonizer as a reference. If you’re</p><p>playing a solo in E major set this to E Major. Possible scales types are: Major, Dorian, Phrygian, Lydian,</p><p>Mixolydian, Minor, and Locrian.</p><p>•	VOICE: controls the properties of each of the 3 voices of the harmonizer.</p><p>•	LEVEL: independently adjusts the level of each of the 3 voices.</p><p>•	 1: selects voice 1 for editing.</p><p>•	 2: selects voice 2 for editing.</p><p>•	 3: selects voice 3 for editing.</p><p>•	 INTERVAL: changes the interval of the selected voice, from octave down to octave up.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 57</p><p>Octav</p><p>Based on Boss® OC-2™ Octaver</p><p>This stomp effect is modeled after a classic dual voice octave pedal. It will produce two additional sounds, one</p><p>and two octaves below the direct signal.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	OCT 2: sets the output level of the second octave effect, from –inf to 0.00 dB.</p><p>•	OCT 1: sets the output level of the first octave effect, from –inf to 0.00 dB.</p><p>•	DIRECT LEVEL: sets the output level of the direct signal, from –inf to 0.00 dB.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 58</p><p>Pitch Shifter</p><p>This effect shifts the pitch of the incoming signal. This new pitch shifted signal is blended with the original sound</p><p>to create harmony guitar leads or other types of dual pitch effects.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	COARSE: sets the coarse tuning of the pitch shifter. Measured in intervals, from -24 to 24.</p><p>•	FINE: sets the fine tuning of the pitch shifter. Measured in cents, from -50 to 50.</p><p>•	LEVEL: sets the output level of the pitch shifted sound, from 0 to 10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 59</p><p>Wharmonator</p><p>Based on Digitech® Wahmmy™ WH-1™</p><p>This effect is modeled after one of the most extreme effects of all time. From classic shred to the most</p><p>aggressive modern metal, this effect is an essential part of any extreme guitar rig.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	HARM knob: sets the harmonic interval range you can span with the action of the pedal.</p><p>•	BEND knob: sets the bending range you can span with the action of the pedal.</p><p>•	MODE: sets the Wharmonator operating mode.</p><p>•	HARM: this mode gives both original and pitched signal mixed together, useful to create harmonies.</p><p>•	BEND: this mode only gives the pitched signal, useful to create great bending effects</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 60</p><p>AmpliTube Other</p><p>Acoustic Sim</p><p>Turn your electric guitar into an acoustic guitar with the Acoustic Sim! Mix three guitar body styles with three</p><p>types of top end to dial in your acoustic sound. Equalize the result with a 2-band post EQ.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	SOURCE: select the type of pickup you are using: single coil or humbucker.</p><p>•	BODY: choose between three types of acoustic guitar bodies: 1: dreadnought body. 2: 12-string guitar</p><p>body. 3: Classical guitar body.</p><p>•	TOP: choose between three types of top end response. Although types A, B, C have originally been</p><p>designed to match their respective 1, 2, 3, bodies, you can experiment with any cross combination.</p><p>•	MIX: mixes the acoustic sound with the magnetic pickup sound. When Mix is set to 0, you get a filtered</p><p>version of your dry signal, without any body and top end applied. When Mix is set to 10, you get the</p><p>acoustic sound only. Turn Mix from 10 downwards to progressively add the mid frequencies of the</p><p>magnetic pickup.</p><p>•	BASS: increases/decreases overall bass frequencies.</p><p>•	TREBLE: increases/decreases overall treble frequencies.</p><p>IMPORTANT: In order to obtain a satisfying acoustic sound, you should bypass the amp and cabinet sections</p><p>by pressing the power icon on these two sections.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 61</p><p>Step Slicer</p><p>Add programmed rhythmic parts to your power chords and phrases with this powerful and creative beat synced</p><p>slicing effect. It can be setup to create anything from the most amazing tremolos to the most complex rhythm</p><p>effects that always stay in perfect sync with the beat.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	LEVEL: sets the amount of level modulation the steps will give. At min position the steps will not have</p><p>effect, at maximum the range will be full.</p><p>•	STEP BAR: click on the Steps to set each step level. You can also draw a curve while holding the mouse</p><p>while dragging over multiple steps.</p><p>•	RAMP: sets the steepness of the level change between steps. Set it at lower positions to get a more gate-</p><p>like effect or set it to higher positions to get a smoother effect.</p><p>•	DIVISION: sets what time interval each step represent.</p><p>•	STEPS: sets the number of steps the cycle will consist of.</p><p>•	MODE: When set to Free the cycle will be continuous and will always cover all the steps that are specified</p><p>in the Steps parameter. When set to Strike the cycle will re-start each time a chord or a note is played.</p><p>•	SWING: increase this control to give to the steps a swing type quantization.</p><p>•	BPM SYNC: allows the effect to synchronize to the project tempo.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 62</p><p>Swell</p><p>This is an “auto volume” swell processor that can automatically create fantastic swell effects while playing</p><p>without any manual intervention. Use it subtly to add groove to your rhythm parts or use it with deeper settings</p><p>to create dreaming pads or string-like sounds.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	DEPTH: sets the depth of the volume swell, in dB. By default the depth is at max position, meaning that</p><p>the volume will start from silence. By lowering this control you’ll make the effect to start the swell phase</p><p>from a level which is higher than silence, up to min position that makes the effect to have no action.</p><p>•	SENS: this control sets the sensitivity for the Swell to recognize a new note or chord and therefore start a</p><p>new Swell cycle. Set it higher if you want the Swell cycle to start even at the beginning of softer passages,</p><p>or set it lower if you want the Swell cycle to only start for louder strikes.</p><p>•	TIME: sets the length of the Swell cycle. During the Swell cycle (time the swell takes to “open” the power</p><p>LED becomes red (it is normally green). This helps to immediately recognize when the swell is triggered.</p><p>•	BPM SYNC: allows the effect to synchronize to the project tempo making the swell time to be specified in</p><p>musical figures.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 63</p><p>Volume</p><p>This model is a traditional volume pedal.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	MIN: sets the minimum volume level for the pedal, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	VOLUME: adjusts the volume of the signal passing through it, from 0% to 100%.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 64</p><p>AmpliTube SVX</p><p>SVX-OD</p><p>Based on Ampeg® SCP-OD Overdrive® Model</p><p>This virtual stomp effect emulates the Ampeg SCP-OD Overdrive pedal. It recreates the original distortion circuit,</p><p>adding upper octave harmonic content to the direct signal and creating as a result a unique overdrive effect.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	Texture: controls the upper octave harmonic content (or type of distortion) from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	Balance: controls the mix between the direct and overdriven signal, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	On/Off: turns the Stomp effect On or Off.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 65</p><p>SVX-OCT</p><p>Based on Ampeg® SCP-OCT Octaver® Model</p><p>This stomp effect is modeled after the Ampeg SPC-OCT Octaver pedal. Moving the octave knob will double</p><p>your direct signal one octave below the direct signal. In this way you can make your melodic lines richer and</p><p>fuller, expanding the frequency range.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	Direct: sets the output level of the direct signal from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	Octave: sets the output level of the sub-octave from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	On/Off: turns the Stomp effect On or Off.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 66</p><p>Analog Chorus</p><p>A model of a classic analog Chorus/Vibrato unit provides both analog Chorus and analog Vibrato effects. When</p><p>in Chorus mode the modulation will be lush and slow. When in Vibrato effect the modulation will be faster and</p><p>more noticeable.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	Level: sets the input level. Range is from –15dB to +15 dB.</p><p>•	Chorus: sets the intensity (or depth) of the Chorus effect from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	Vibrato Rate (“vib rate”): sets the rate of the Vibrato effect from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	Vibrato Depth(“vib depth”): sets the intensity of the Vibrato effect from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	Vibrato/Chorus switch (“vib”/“ch”): enables Vibrato or Chorus modes. When Vibrato mode is enabled the</p><p>corresponding LED will light up.</p><p>•	On/Off: turns the Stomp effect On or Off.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 67</p><p>Analog Delay</p><p>This model is based on a classic analog delay with modulation stomp pedal.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	Delay: changes the length of the delay between each echo from 25ms to 500ms.</p><p>•	Feedback (“f-back”): changes the amount of time that the echo repeats from 0% to 100%.</p><p>•	Blend: mixes the amount of the dry signal with the delayed sound from 0% to 100%.</p><p>•	Chorus/Vibrato (“chrs/vib”): sets the amount of Chorus/Vibrato effect added to the processed signal from</p><p>0% to 100%.</p><p>•	Vibrato/Chorus switch: enables Vibrato or Chorus modes.</p><p>•	On/Off: turns the Stomp effect On or Off.</p><p>•	BPM Sync ON/OFF: allows the effect to be synchronized to the host BPM.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 68</p><p>Bass Wah</p><p>This effect is modeled after the classic Wah pedal used by many of the top players from the 60’s and 70’s. In</p><p>addition to the Wah effect, there is a new exciting feature called “auto”. This option will produce the Wah effect</p><p>automatically, meaning that there is no need for the manual intervention on the pedal position.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	Off/On/Auto switch: sets the mode of the Wah effect, OFF, ON, or AUTO.</p><p>•	Pedal Position: controls the Wah effect from 0 to 100%.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 69</p><p>SVX Compressor</p><p>This effect is modeled after a vintage compression stomp pedal and can deliver a strong sustain and powerful</p><p>compression with lots of character.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	Output: sets the output level for the effect from –inf to 0.00 dB.</p><p>•	Sensitivity: sets the sensitivity of the compression from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	On/Off: sets the mode of the virtual pedal.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 70</p><p>SVX Envelope Filter</p><p>This stomp is a highly developed filter effect. Essentially, it uses the envelope of the incoming signal to control a</p><p>synthesizer style filter. The sound palette’s range of this virtual unit is wide and rich. You can enhance your bass</p><p>tone adding from simple auto Wah effects to extreme filtering effects.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	Frequency (“freq”): sets the cutoff frequency of the filter from 40 Hz to 20,480 Hz.</p><p>•	Resonance (“reso”): sets the resonance of the filter from 0.30 to 10.</p><p>•	Depth: changes the amount of effect that the envelope has on the filter from 0% to 100%.</p><p>•	Band pass (“bp”), Low pass (“lp”), High pass (“hp”): sets the type of filter being used, either band pass,</p><p>low pass or high pass.</p><p>•	 12/24: toggles between 2 and 4 pole filter.</p><p>•	On/Off: sets the mode of the virtual pedal.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 71</p><p>SVX Volume</p><p>This is a virtual stomp that emulates a traditional volume pedal.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	Minimum (“min”): sets the minimum volume when the pedal is fully down. The range goes from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	Pedal Position: controls the volume effect from 0 to 100%.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 72</p><p>Brian May</p><p>Red Special</p><p>Based on Brian May’s Guitar</p><p>Created by a detailed study of Brian May’s famous guitar – that he built with his father in the 60’s – this helps</p><p>add the unique tonality and controls of the Red Special itself.</p><p>Note: this pedal’s GUI mirrors the Red Special guitar as seen from audience’s perspective, not the guitar</p><p>player. So the bridge is on the left and the neck is on the right.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	SOURCE: selects the source based on your guitar type:</p><p>•	SINGLE COIL (I): for guitars with single coil pickups (like Stratocaster).</p><p>•	RED SPECIAL (RS): if you are using a Red Special guitar. In this case, the switches won’t do anything.</p><p>•	HUMBUCKER (II): for guitar with humbucker pickups (like Les Paul).</p><p>•	PICKUP ON/OFF AND PHASE SWITCHES: these switches replicate the Red Special switches. They are</p><p>active unless the source is set to Red Special, in which case the pickup section is bypassed. The first line</p><p>shows the ON/OFF switches for each pickup. So you can decide which pickup is on (pickups are wired</p><p>in series). The second line shows the pickups’ phase switches. For example, you can set the phase of</p><p>each individual pickup to have one pickup work against another one to get very peculiar sounds. Brian’s</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 73</p><p>preferred pickup configuration by far is Bridge + Middle in phase.</p><p>•	VOLUME: Brian May’s rig basically has a fixed gain. But he makes heavy use of his Red Special Volume</p><p>knob to get more or less gain to get the sound he’s after from his rig. For example, he lowers the volume of</p><p>his guitar quite a bit to get clean glassy tones..</p><p>We recommend you keep your guitar’s volume at maximum and use the volume on the Red Special stomp. This</p><p>is because it works better with the noise gate at the front that would kill your tone otherwise and also because</p><p>this volume helps to get the brighter cleaner sounds when you lower it.</p><p>Even when the source is set to Red Special, we advise you to keep your guitar volume at maximum and use</p><p>this stomp volume instead. By doing so, you’ll get close to the interaction between Brian’s Red Special and his</p><p>Treble Booster which you totally lose when you connect it to the Hi-Z input of your Audio Interface.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 74</p><p>Treble Booster</p><p>Based on KAT® Treble Booster</p><p>Based on the original KAT® Treble Booster, this stompbox effect will enrich your guitar tone similar to Brian</p><p>May’s by boosting it before it reaches the amp.</p><p>This is the recently released official version of Brian’s Treble Booster by Knight Audio Technologies. KAT®</p><p>has reproduced a 3-era Treble Booster corresponding to what Brian was using in the ‘70s, ‘80s and ‘90s.</p><p>The differences between the three may be subtle, but they help to capture the accurate sound of these eras.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	ERA: selects the era you prefer:</p><p>•	 ‘70s: replicates the RangeMaster initially used by Brian.</p><p>•	 ‘80s: replicates the Pete Cornish version of the Treble Booster..</p><p>•	 ‘90s: replicates the KAT strap booster Brian has been using to this day.</p><p>•	LEVEL: This knob allows you to play with various levels of boost to drive the following amps. To get the</p><p>exact gain of the corresponding era as used by Brian, set the Level knob to the mark of that era.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 75</p><p>May Wah</p><p>Based on Rackmount Dunlop® Cry Baby® Wah</p><p>Based on a rackmount Dunlop® Cry Baby® wah, modeled in the exact configurations Brian uses to shape</p><p>his tone.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	OFF/ON/AUTO: sets the mode of the Wah effect; Off, On, or Auto..</p><p>•	OFF: turns the effect Off, no Wah effect.</p><p>•	ON: the center frequency of the Wah effect is only set by the pedal.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 76</p><p>FOX Phaser</p><p>Based on fOXX® Foot Phaser</p><p>Based on fOXX® Foot Phaser, a pedal-controlled phaser with a unique and distinctive sound which has</p><p>been used on various old recordings, notably on “We Will Rock You.” It adds motion to anything you play</p><p>through it.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	MODE: switches between the two modes of the treadle.</p><p>•	TREADLE: in mode 1 (green LED ON), this sweeps the phaser frequencies. It’s like controlling the LFO with</p><p>your foot. In mode 2, this controls the depth of the phaser’s LFO.</p><p>•	RANGE: In mode 1 (green LED ON), this controls the range of the phaser’s LFO controlled by the treadle. In</p><p>mode 2 (green LED OFF), this controls the speed of the phaser’s LFO..</p><p>•	FDBK: controls the depth of the phaser.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects</p><p>77</p><p>Star Gate</p><p>Based on Classic Noise Gate</p><p>This noise gate helps clean up the signal chain, minimizing the noise feeding Brian’s unique amp and pedal</p><p>setup.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	THRESHOLD: turn this knob up/down to apply more/less noise reduction.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 78</p><p>Dimebag Darrell CFH Collection</p><p>6 Band EQ</p><p>Based on MXR® Six Band EQ Model</p><p>This pedal is a clean, highly effective graphic equalizer, capable of shaping the tone and boosting the signal</p><p>for the next stompbox or amp in your chain.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	FREQUENCY BAND LEVEL: each frequency band allows for +/- 15 dB of adjustment. The controls</p><p>include 100 Hz, 200 Hz, 400 Hz, 800 Hz, 1.6 kHz, 3.2 kHz.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 79</p><p>Pre EQ 3</p><p>Based on Furman® Parametric Equalizer Model PQ-3™</p><p>With three totally independent EQs, this parametric EQ provides enough power to sculpt the perfect guitar</p><p>tone or surgically enhance and alter any signal sent through it. Also used to boost a signal significantly</p><p>before the preamp stage of an amplifier.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	BASS:</p><p>•	GAIN: adjusts the boost or cut of the bass parametric EQ, from -99 dB to +20 dB.</p><p>•	FREQ: changes the center frequency of the bass parametric EQ, from 25 Hz to 500 Hz.</p><p>•	WIDTH: sets the bandwidth of the bass parametric EQ, from 0 (very narrow) to 10 (very wide).</p><p>•	MID:</p><p>•	GAIN: adjusts the boost or cut of the mid parametric EQ, from -99 dB to +20 dB.</p><p>•	FREQ: changes the center frequency of the mid parametric EQ, from 150 Hz to 2500 Hz.</p><p>•	Q: sets the bandwidth of the mid parametric EQ, from 0 (very narrow) to 10 (very wide).</p><p>•	HI:</p><p>•	GAIN: adjusts the boost or cut of the Hi parametric EQ, from -99 dB to +20 dB.</p><p>•	FREQ: changes the center frequency of the Hi parametric EQ, from 600 Hz to 10 kHz.</p><p>•	Q: sets the bandwidth of the Hi parametric EQ, from 0 (very narrow) to 10 (very wide).</p><p>•	GAIN: adjusts the boost or cut of the preamp section, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	EQUALIZER BYPASS: bypass the EQ sections completely.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 80</p><p>Dime Noise Gate</p><p>Based on Rocktron® Hush IIB™ Model</p><p>Fine-tuned in order to match the precise settings used by Dimebag Darrell on “Cowboys From Hell”, this unit</p><p>aggressively gates noise, with a very fast attack.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	THRESHOLD: adjusts the sensitivity of the gate’s threshold. Adjustable from -99 to 0 dB.</p><p>•	FILTER: frequency of low-pass filter of the expander. Adjustable from 40 to 4000 Hz.</p><p>•	RELEASE: switches between slow and fast release.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 81</p><p>Dime Wah</p><p>Based on Dunlop® Crybaby GCB-95™ Model</p><p>An iconic and legendary wah pedal, fine-tuned to match Dimebag Darell’s use and settings from the</p><p>“Cowboys From Hell” album.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	PEDAL POSITION: controls the Wah effect from 0 to 100%.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 82</p><p>Flanger Doubler</p><p>Based on MXR® Flanger Doubler™ Model</p><p>Two effects in one unit: a great-sounding Flanger and Doubler that can thicken your sound in incredible</p><p>ways.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	THRESHOLD: adjusts the sensitivity of the gate’s threshold. Adjustable from -99 to 0 dB.</p><p>•	MODE: switches between Flanger and Doubler mode.</p><p>•	DELAY: sets the timbre of the flanging effect from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	WIDTH: sets the amount of modulation the LFO will apply to the flanging effect from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	SPEED: controls the amount of high tones on the sound from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	FEEDBACK: sets the amount of feedback the internal flanger effect will have from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	MIX: sets the balance between the wet and dry signal from 0 to 10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 83</p><p>Fender®</p><p>Fender® Blender™</p><p>Officially Certified Fender® Blender™ Model</p><p>A unique germanium fuzz/distortion pedal. With a tone unlike any distortion pedal on the market, the</p><p>Blender™ is capable of a harsh fuzz-effect unlike most vintage distortion pedals, and is great as a tool for</p><p>Alternative Rock and modern Metal soloing. Perfect for those who want to create instead of copying, with a</p><p>bit of experimentation, this pedal can deliver a huge range of unique tones.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	Volume: controls the overall output volume of the effect.</p><p>•	Sustain: adds sustain and distortion to the input signal from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	Tone: shifts the tonal balance from low to high frequencies from 1 (low) to 10 (high).</p><p>•	Blend: controls the mix of the original to the effected signal from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	Tone Boost: adds range to the tone control.</p><p>•	On/Off: turns the effect on or off.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 84</p><p>Fender® Volume</p><p>A classic volume control. Use to control the volume of your guitar signal, or in conjunction with an overdrive/</p><p>distortion pedal for dynamic control of your signal boost.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	Volume: adjusts the volume of the output signal</p><p>•	Min: controls the range of the volume effect.</p><p>•	On/Off: turns the effect on or off.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 85</p><p>Fender® Wah</p><p>Based on Fender® Cyber-Twin® SE Wah</p><p>The Fender® Wah model is based on the Fender® Cyber-Twin® SE Wah. Two distinct wah voices give this</p><p>model a huge range of “wah-ptions.” Switch between the traditional “Cryin’” sound or the famous “Clyde</p><p>McCoy” inspired sound. Both are included in the same pedal. Adjust your effect frequency range with the</p><p>minimum and maximum knobs, and control the amount of effect applied with the “wah” control and volume</p><p>level knobs. A very inspiring pedal that will add dramatic effects to your bass lines.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	Min Freq: controls the minimum frequency effected from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	Max Freq: controls the maximum frequency effected from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	Volume: controls the volume of the wah effect from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	Cryin’/McCoy: switches between two different classic Wah styles.</p><p>•	On/Off: turns the effect on or off.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 86</p><p>Fender® Fuzz Wah</p><p>Officially Certified Fender® Fuzz Wah Model</p><p>A combination of a Fuzz-style distortion effect and a Wah pedal, the Fuzz Wah is two pedals in one. Due to</p><p>this combination, the Fuzz Wah is capable of effects not easily achieved by traditional distortion and Wah-style</p><p>effects.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	Pedal: use to control the frequency and amount of the Wah/Fuzz effect. Up/Down controls the Wah, Left/</p><p>Right controls Fuzz. Holding the SHIFT key while dragging allows you to easily choose between moving the</p><p>pedal vertically or horizontally only.</p><p>•	Fuzz Control: controls the volume of the Fuzz-distortion.</p><p>•	Effects Order: switches the order of the effects (Wah->Fuzz or Fuzz->Wah) within the pedal to give two</p><p>different tone styles.</p><p>•	Fuzz Volume: adjusts the amount and volume of the Fuzz effect.</p><p>•	Fuzz button: turns the Fuzz effect on-off.</p><p>•	Wah button: turns the Wah effect on-off.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 87</p><p>Fender® Phaser</p><p>Officially Certified Fender® Phaser Model</p><p>A Classic analog Phase shift effect as heard on countless recordings since the 1970s.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	On/Off: turns the effect on or off.</p><p>•	Rate Knob: controls the rate at which the phase shift occurs. The rate control knob alternately illuminates</p><p>blue and red at the same rate as the phase shifting.</p><p>•	 Intensity: this knob adjusts the intensity of the phasing effect.</p><p>•	Frequency: this knob adjusts what frequencies are affected by the phasing action.</p><p>•	BPM Sync: syncs the effect to the master BPM of your DAW/Standalone metronome.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 88</p><p>Fender® Tremolo</p><p>Based on the classic Fender® tube tremolo circuit</p><p>Based on the classic Fender® tube tremolo circuit, you can adjust the speed and intensity to perfection and add</p><p>this classic effect to any amplifier setting. The BPM sync function allows automated effect syncing to your DAW</p><p>tempo, or set your tempo manually to add a dramatic tremolo sparkle or darkness to your tracks.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	BPM Sync:</p><p>turns BPM sync on and off overriding the Speed control and taking the tempo from your DAW</p><p>instead to determine the rate of the tremolo effect.</p><p>•	Speed: determines the rate of the tremolo effect. Note that if BPM sync is turned on, your DAW’s tempo</p><p>will override the Speed knob.</p><p>•	 Intensity: determines the amount of tremolo effect.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 89</p><p>Fender® ’63 Reverb</p><p>Officially Certified Fender® ‘63 Reverb Model</p><p>First introduced in 1963, this classic all-tube spring reverb unit is capable of producing an incredibly lush Reverb</p><p>due to it’s unique 6v6 driven output.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	Dwell: controls the amount of the reverb effect from 1 to 10. The spring reverb is overdriven when Dwell is</p><p>set to high values (from 7 to 10). This produces interesting and very characteristic tones.</p><p>•	Tone: shifts the tonal balance from low to high frequencies from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	Mixer: controls the mix of the original signal to the effected signal from 1 to 10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 90</p><p>Fender® Tape Echo</p><p>Based on Fender® Cyber-Twin® SE Tape Echo</p><p>A classic tape echo effect, taken from the Fender® Cyber-Twin®. Use for retro, lo-fi-style echo effects, or to add</p><p>a subtle amount of ambience to your playing.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	Echo Level: controls the amount of the echo effect from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	Time: controls the length of the echo effect from 30ms to 1450ms. When BPM Sync is turned on, time is</p><p>displayed from a 1/32 to 1/1 ratio.</p><p>•	Feedback: controls the amount of repeats of the echo effect from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	Wow&Flutter: controls the amount of pitch drift/variation of the echo effect, to emulate tape playback from</p><p>1 to 10.</p><p>•	Brightness: controls the amount of high-end of the treble from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	Volume: controls the volume of the echo effect from 1 to 10.</p><p>•	Ramp/Step: alters the way that changes to echo time change from a “ramp up” style” to a “stair step”</p><p>style.</p><p>•	BPM Sync: syncs the effect to the master BPM of your DAW/Standalone metronome.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 91</p><p>Fender® Compressor</p><p>Based on Fender® Cyber-Twin® SE Compressor</p><p>Based on the Fender® Cyber-Twin® SE compressor, this stomp box allows you to increase your signal gain</p><p>before it hits other effects and amplifiers, or use it elsewhere in your pedalboard chain to create dramatic</p><p>“attack” effects. The Fender® Stomp Compressor has four detented switch positions for varying degrees of gain</p><p>boost and compression.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>Ratio Knob: sets the amount of compression from “Low” to “Even Higher”.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 92</p><p>Fulltone®</p><p>OCD</p><p>Officially Certified Fulltone® OCD® Model</p><p>An overdrive pedal that provides the same kind of touch sensitivity and complex harmonics that you’d get</p><p>from a quality tube amp. Volume, Tone, and Drive controls let you dial in the perfect sound for your song.</p><p>Take your overdriven tones to a new level with OCD.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	VOLUME: sets the overall volume, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	DRIVE: controls the amount of distortion, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	TONE: controls the tone of the distortion pedal, from 0 to 10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 93</p><p>Jimi Hendrix</p><p>Class Fuzz</p><p>Based on Roger Mayer™ Classic Fuzz®</p><p>This effect is based on the fuzz pedal that can be heard on Jimi Hendrix’s early recordings.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	VOLUME: sets the output volume of the stomp effect, from -inf to 0.0 dB.</p><p>•	DRIVE: sets the fuzz sound by increasing or decreasing the amount of distortion, from 0 to 10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 94</p><p>EP Tape Echo</p><p>Based on Maestro® Echoplex™</p><p>The EP Tape Echo is the gold standard of vintage tape-echo units. Jimi Hendrix liked experimenting with it to</p><p>produce wild psychedelic effects in the studio, and he used it heavily during the recording of Electric Ladyland.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	DELAY SLIDER: moves the Recording Head changing the length of the delay between each echo, from 26</p><p>ms to 939 ms.</p><p>•	VOLUME: sets the level of the effected (or wet) sound, from 1 to 9.</p><p>•	BPM: allows the effect to synchronize to the project tempo.</p><p>•	SUSTAIN: changes the amount of time that the echo repeats, from 1 to 9.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 95</p><p>Fuzz Age</p><p>Based on Arbiter® Fuzz Face®</p><p>This effect is modeled after a classic germanium transistor fuzz stomp effect. Typically used on lead guitar, this</p><p>effect has remained a popular distortion effect throughout the years.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	VOL: sets the output volume of the stomp effect, from –inf. to 0.0 dB.</p><p>•	FUZZ: sets the fuzz level of the effect, from 0 to 10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 96</p><p>Fuzz Age 2</p><p>Based on Arbiter® Fuzz Face®</p><p>This classic germanium transistor fuzz effect was the main fuzz box used by Jimi Hendrix. Often combined with</p><p>a wah, this effect produced permanent sustain and endless distortion. The original Fuzz Face® is one of the</p><p>most collectible fuzz boxes ever.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	VOL: sets the output volume of the stomp effect, from –inf. to 0.0 dB.</p><p>•	FUZZ: sets the fuzz level of the effect, from 0 to 10.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 97</p><p>FuzzOne</p><p>Based on Maestro® FuzzTone™</p><p>Jimi Hendrix began using this fuzz box while playing in New York City before founding the Experience. Its</p><p>sounds can be heard in the enormously popular Rolling Stones song “Satisfaction”.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	VOLUME: sets the output volume of the stomp effect, from –inf to 0.0 dB.</p><p>•	ATTACK: adjusts the sound character by having more or less distortion.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 98</p><p>Octa-V</p><p>Based on Roger Mayer™ Octavia®</p><p>This effect was first used on “Purple Haze” and “Fire.” It is a fuzz box with frequency-doubling circuitry that</p><p>produces a second note an octave above the fundamental note.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	VOLUME: sets the output volume of the stomp effect, from –inf to 0.0 dB.</p><p>•	DRIVE: sets the amount of distortion the unit will produce, from 0 to 10. The higher octave can be more</p><p>distinct for medium positions of this control.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 99</p><p>Opto Tremolo</p><p>Based on Fender® Super Reverb® Amp Opto-Tremolo™</p><p>This model is based on a vintage Opto-Tremolo effect.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	RATE: sets the rate of the Flanger effect, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	DEPTH: sets the intensity of the Flanger, from 0 to 10.</p><p>•	BPM SYNC: allows the effect to synchronize to the project tempo.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 100</p><p>RightFuzz</p><p>Based on Mosrite® Fuzzrite®</p><p>This effect is modeled after a highly sought-after, rare fuzz box. It was one of the first commercially available</p><p>floor effect units, making its first appearance in 1966. It doesn’t get any more vintage than this when it comes to</p><p>stomp pedals.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	VOLUME: sets the output volume of the stomp effect, from 1 to 6.</p><p>•	DEPTH: sets the timbre of the distortion, from 1 to 6.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop Gear Models</p><p>Stomp Box Effects 101</p><p>Uni-V</p><p>Based on Univox™ Uni-vibe™</p><p>This effect is based on an original optical phaser/chorus. This was a chorus/rotating-speaker simulator that was</p><p>introduced in 1969 and used predominantly in live performances. This created a swirling effect quite similar to</p><p>the most famous rotary speaker cabinet but with the addition of speed control. This effect was employed on</p><p>tracks such as “Hey Baby (New Rising Sun),” “Earth Blues,” and “Machine Gun”.</p><p>Controls:</p><p>•	VOLUME: sets the output volume of the stomp effect, from –inf to 0.0 dB.</p><p>•	 INTENSITY: sets the depth of the modulation, from 0 to 10. The sound is affected even when the Intensity</p><p>knob is set to zero.</p><p>•	RATE: sets the rate of the Chorus/Vibrato effect from 0 to 10. The LFO rate is going from approx 1 Hz to</p><p>approx 8 Hz.</p><p>•	CHORUS/VIBRATO SWITCH: selects the Chorus of Vibrato effect. Default: Chorus.</p><p>AmpliTube 5 Custom Shop</p>